1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19278 4526))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (19279 36173))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (19278
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19291 32891))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
347 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
405 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
406 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
407 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19278 4516))
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
410 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
411 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
412 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
413 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
414 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
415 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
416 rule's `separate' attribute).
418 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
419 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
420 `separate' attribute set.
422 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
423 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
424 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
425 on the format of these lists.
427 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
429 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
430 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
431 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
432 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
433 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
434 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
435 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
436 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
437 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
438 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
441 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
442 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
446 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
449 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
450 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
451 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
453 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
455 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
456 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
457 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
458 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
459 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
464 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
465 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
466 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
467 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
468 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
469 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
470 been used to align that section.
472 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
474 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
475 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
476 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
477 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
478 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
479 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
484 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
485 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
489 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
490 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
496 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
498 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
500 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
502 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
504 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
506 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
508 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
510 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
512 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
514 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
516 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
518 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
520 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
522 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
524 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
526 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
528 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
532 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
533 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
536 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
537 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
538 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
541 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
542 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
543 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
544 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
561 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
562 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
563 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
564 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
566 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
567 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
568 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
569 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
570 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
571 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
572 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
573 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
577 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
578 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
579 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
581 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
585 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
586 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
587 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
588 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
589 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
590 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
591 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
592 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
593 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
594 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
597 Topic Header Production:
598 -----------------------
599 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
600 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
601 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
603 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
604 ---------------------------------
605 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
606 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
607 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
609 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
610 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
611 are alternated according to nesting depth.
612 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
613 the offspring are not affected.
614 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
616 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
617 ----------------------------------
618 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
619 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
620 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
621 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
622 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
623 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
624 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
625 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
627 Topic-oriented Encryption:
628 -------------------------
629 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
630 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
634 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
635 and establish a default file-var setting
637 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
638 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
639 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
640 buffer with name derived from derived from that
641 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
642 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
643 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
644 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
646 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
651 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
652 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
653 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
654 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
656 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
657 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
658 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
659 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
661 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
662 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
663 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
666 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
667 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
672 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
673 navigation and exposure control.
675 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
676 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
677 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
678 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
679 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
681 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
682 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
683 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
684 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
685 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
687 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
688 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
689 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
690 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
691 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
692 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
693 at the beginning of the current entry.
697 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
698 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
699 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
702 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
703 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
704 `allout-structure-added-hook'
705 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
706 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
710 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
712 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
713 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
714 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
716 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
717 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
718 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
720 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
723 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
724 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
727 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
729 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
731 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
733 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
735 Topic text constituents:
737 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
739 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
740 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
742 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
743 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
744 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
745 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
746 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
747 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
748 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
751 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
754 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
755 It can be customized by changing the setting of
756 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
758 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
759 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
760 program code without interfering with processing of the text
761 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
762 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
763 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
764 docstring for more detail.
766 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
767 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
768 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
769 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
770 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
771 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
772 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
773 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
774 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
775 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
776 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
779 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
780 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
782 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
783 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
785 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
786 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
787 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
789 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
791 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
793 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
794 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
796 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
797 setup for auto-startup.
799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
803 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
804 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19299 2741))
805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
807 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
809 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
810 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
811 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
812 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
813 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
814 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
816 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
818 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
821 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
825 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
826 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19278 4526))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
829 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
830 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
831 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
832 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
833 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
834 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
835 in the current window.
837 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
839 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
840 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
841 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
843 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
845 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
846 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
847 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
849 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
853 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
854 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19278 4516))
855 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
857 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
858 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
862 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
863 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
865 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
866 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
867 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
868 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
870 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
871 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
873 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
875 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
880 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19278 4527))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
883 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
884 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
885 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
886 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
887 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
890 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
891 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
892 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
895 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
896 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
897 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
898 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
902 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
903 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
908 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
909 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
910 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
916 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
917 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (19278 4519))
918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
920 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
921 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
922 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
924 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
926 (autoload 'appt-delete
"appt" "\
927 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
931 (autoload 'appt-make-list
"appt" "\
932 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
933 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
934 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
935 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
936 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
937 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
939 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
941 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
942 appointment package (if it is not already active).
946 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
947 Toggle checking of appointments.
948 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
949 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
955 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
956 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
957 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19278 4516))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
960 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
961 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
962 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
963 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
965 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
966 kind of objects to search.
968 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
970 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
971 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
982 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
984 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
985 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
986 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
987 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
988 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
989 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
991 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
992 noninteractive functions.
994 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
995 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
997 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
998 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1000 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1002 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1003 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1005 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1007 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1008 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1009 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1010 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1018 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1020 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1022 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1024 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1025 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1026 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1027 thus be found in `load-history'.
1031 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1032 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1033 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1034 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1035 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1036 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1038 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1039 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1040 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1044 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1045 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1052 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1054 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1060 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19297
1062 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1064 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1065 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1066 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1067 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1068 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1069 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1071 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1072 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1075 \\{archive-mode-map}
1077 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1081 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19278 4516))
1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1084 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1085 Major mode for editing arrays.
1087 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1088 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1089 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1091 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1093 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1094 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1095 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1097 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1098 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1099 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1100 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1103 Variables you assign:
1104 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1105 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1106 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1107 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1108 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1109 row numbers in the buffer.
1111 Variables which are calculated:
1112 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1113 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1115 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1116 take a numeric prefix argument):
1118 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1119 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1120 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1121 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1123 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1124 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1125 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1126 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1128 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1129 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1130 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1131 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1133 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1134 between that of point and mark.
1136 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1137 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1139 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1140 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1141 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1142 newlines inside rows)
1144 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1146 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1152 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19284
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1156 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1158 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1159 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1160 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1162 How to quit Artist mode
1164 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1167 How to submit a bug report
1169 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1172 Drawing with the mouse:
1175 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1176 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1180 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1183 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1191 --------------------------------------------------------------
1192 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1194 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1199 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1204 --------------------------------------------------------------
1205 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1206 --------------------------------------------------------------
1207 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1214 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1217 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1218 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1219 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1220 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1223 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1224 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1225 overwrite means the opposite.
1227 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1228 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1229 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1231 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1233 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1234 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1236 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1237 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1238 are currently drawing something.
1240 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1244 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1245 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1250 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1252 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1254 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1256 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1258 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1259 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1261 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1266 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1267 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1268 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1269 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1270 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1271 When pasting: Pastes
1273 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1275 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1277 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1278 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1279 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1280 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1281 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1282 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1287 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1288 of the line/poly-line
1290 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1291 of the line/poly-line
1296 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1298 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1302 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1304 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1305 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1306 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1307 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1308 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1309 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1310 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1311 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1312 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1313 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1314 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1315 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1316 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1317 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1322 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1323 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1325 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1326 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1327 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1328 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1329 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1330 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1331 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1332 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1333 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1334 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1335 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1336 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1337 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1338 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1339 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1340 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1341 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1342 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1343 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1347 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1348 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1355 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1359 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19278
1361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1363 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1364 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1365 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1367 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1368 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1369 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1370 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1372 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1373 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1375 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1376 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1378 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1387 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1388 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
1389 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1391 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1392 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1393 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1395 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1397 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1398 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1399 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1400 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1401 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1402 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1403 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1404 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1405 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1406 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1409 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1410 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1411 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1412 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1413 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1415 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1419 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1420 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1424 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1426 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1428 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1429 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1430 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1431 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1432 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1433 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1435 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1442 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
1443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1445 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1446 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1452 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1453 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19278 4516))
1454 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1456 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1457 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1458 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1462 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1463 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1464 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1465 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1467 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1469 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1470 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1471 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1472 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1473 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1474 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1476 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1478 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1479 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1480 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1481 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1483 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1484 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1491 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1492 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1495 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1497 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1499 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1500 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1501 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1502 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1503 save the buffer too.
1505 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1507 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1509 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1510 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1511 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1512 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1513 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1514 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1516 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1517 directory or directories specified.
1519 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1521 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1522 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1523 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1530 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1531 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19278 4516))
1532 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1534 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1535 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1537 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1538 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1539 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1540 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1541 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1545 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1546 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1548 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1549 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1553 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1554 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1555 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1557 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1558 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1559 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1560 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1561 reflected in the current buffer.
1563 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1564 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1565 writing before you save the file!
1567 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1571 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1572 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1574 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1575 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1579 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1580 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1581 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1584 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1586 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1588 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1589 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1590 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1591 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1593 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1594 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1595 to revert a particular buffer.
1597 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1598 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1599 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1600 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1601 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1603 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1604 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1605 specifies in the mode line.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1612 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19278 4516))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1615 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1616 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1617 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1619 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1621 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1623 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1624 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1625 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1626 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1628 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1629 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1630 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1632 Effects of the different modes:
1633 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1634 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1635 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1636 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1637 a random distance & direction.
1638 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1639 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1640 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1642 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1644 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1645 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1646 definition of \"random distance\".)
1648 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1653 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1655 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1657 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1658 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1659 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1660 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1664 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1665 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1666 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1671 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1673 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1674 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1675 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1676 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1677 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1685 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19278 4521))
1686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1688 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1689 Time execution of FORMS.
1690 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1691 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1693 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1694 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1695 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1697 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1701 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1702 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1703 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1705 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1707 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1708 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1709 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1710 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1711 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1713 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1717 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1718 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19279 36174))
1719 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1721 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1722 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1723 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1724 of corresponding buffers.
1725 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1726 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1727 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1728 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1729 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1730 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1732 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1734 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1735 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1737 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1739 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1740 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1741 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1742 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1744 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1745 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1746 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1747 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1748 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1750 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1751 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1754 Special information:
1756 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1758 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1759 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1760 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1761 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1762 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1763 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1764 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1765 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1766 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1767 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1768 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1770 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1771 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1772 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1773 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1774 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1775 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1776 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1777 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1779 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1781 ----------------------------------------------------------
1782 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1783 if that value is non-nil.
1789 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1790 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1791 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1792 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1793 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1794 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1795 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1796 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1797 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1798 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1800 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1805 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1807 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy "\\.bst\\'") 'bibtex-style-mode
))
1809 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1810 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1816 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1817 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1818 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1821 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1823 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1824 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1825 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1827 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1829 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1830 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1832 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1837 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1841 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19278
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1845 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1847 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1851 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1852 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1853 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1854 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1855 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1860 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1861 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1864 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1867 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1868 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1870 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1871 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1873 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1874 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1875 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1876 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1877 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1878 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1882 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1884 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1885 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1886 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1887 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1889 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1890 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1891 denoted by the letter `R'.
1893 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1894 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1895 denoted by the letter `H'.
1897 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1900 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1901 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1902 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1903 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1904 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1905 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1908 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1909 degree deflection it causes.
1912 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1914 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1915 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1922 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1923 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1929 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1936 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1937 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1938 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1939 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1940 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1941 emerging from the box.
1943 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1945 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1947 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1948 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1949 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1950 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1951 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1954 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1962 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1963 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1964 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1965 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19278 36335))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1967 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
1968 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
1969 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1971 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
1972 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1973 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1974 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1975 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1976 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1977 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
1979 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
1980 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1981 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1983 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1984 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1985 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1986 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1987 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1990 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1991 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1992 yank successive words.
1994 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1995 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1996 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1997 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1998 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2000 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2001 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2002 the list of bookmarks.)
2004 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2007 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2008 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2009 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2010 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2013 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2014 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2015 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2016 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2018 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2019 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2021 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2022 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2023 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2028 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2030 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2032 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2033 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2034 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2036 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2037 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2038 after a bookmark was set in it.
2040 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2042 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2043 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2044 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2046 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2047 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2049 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2051 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2053 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2054 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2055 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2056 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2058 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2060 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2061 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2062 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2064 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2065 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2068 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2070 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2071 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2072 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2074 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2075 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2076 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2081 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2082 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2083 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2085 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2086 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2087 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2088 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2089 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2090 probably because we were called from there.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2094 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2095 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2096 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2100 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2101 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2102 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2106 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2107 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2108 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2109 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2110 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2112 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2113 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2114 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2115 `bookmark-default-file'.
2117 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2119 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2120 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2121 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2122 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2123 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2126 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2127 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2128 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2129 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2130 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2133 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2134 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2135 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2136 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2138 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2141 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2148 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2150 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2152 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2153 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2157 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2159 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2163 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2164 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2165 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2166 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2167 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2168 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2169 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2170 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2171 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2172 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
2173 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2175 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2176 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2177 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2178 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2180 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2181 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2182 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2183 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2184 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2186 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2188 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program (purecopy "firefox") "\
2189 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2191 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2193 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program (purecopy "galeon") "\
2194 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2196 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2198 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2203 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2204 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2205 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2206 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2207 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2208 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2210 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2212 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2213 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2214 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2215 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2218 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2220 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2221 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2228 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2231 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2232 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2233 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2235 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2238 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2239 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2240 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2244 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2245 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2246 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2247 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2248 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2253 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2254 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2255 Default to the URL around or before point.
2257 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2258 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2259 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2260 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2262 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2263 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2265 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2266 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2270 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2273 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2275 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2276 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2277 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2278 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2281 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2282 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2284 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2285 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2289 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2290 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2292 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2296 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2300 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2301 new tab in an existing window instead.
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2304 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2306 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2308 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2311 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2314 When called interactively, if variable
2315 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2316 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2317 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2321 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2322 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2324 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2325 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2328 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2329 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2330 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2331 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2332 URL in a new window.
2334 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2338 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2339 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2341 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2342 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2343 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2344 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2346 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2347 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2348 new tab in an existing window instead.
2350 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2351 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2353 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2356 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2358 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2362 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2363 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2365 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2366 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2367 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2368 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2378 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2379 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2380 program is invoked according to the variable
2381 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point.
2397 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2398 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2399 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2413 Default to the URL around or before point.
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2417 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2426 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2427 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2433 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2434 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2435 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2436 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2438 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2442 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2443 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2444 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2447 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2448 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2449 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2456 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2457 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2458 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2459 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2460 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2463 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2464 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2465 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2466 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2476 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2477 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2478 don't offer a form of remote control.
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2484 Default to the URL around or before point.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around the point.
2492 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2493 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2495 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2496 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2502 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19278
2504 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2506 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2507 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2511 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2512 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2518 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2519 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19278 4516))
2520 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2522 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2523 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2529 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2530 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2531 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2532 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2536 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2537 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2541 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2542 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2544 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2545 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2546 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2547 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2549 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2550 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2551 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2552 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2553 name of buffer configuration.
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19278 4526))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2562 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2564 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2565 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2566 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2567 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2568 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2569 columns on its right towards the left.
2571 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2572 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2573 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2574 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2581 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19278 4527))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2584 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2586 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2587 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2591 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2592 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2599 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2600 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2601 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2602 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2603 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
2604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2605 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2606 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2607 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2610 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2611 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2615 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2616 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2617 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2618 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2619 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2620 else the global value will be modified.
2622 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2625 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2626 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2627 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2628 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2629 else the global value will be modified.
2631 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2633 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2634 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2635 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2637 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2640 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2641 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2642 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2644 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2645 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2646 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2647 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2648 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2651 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2652 that already has a `.elc' file.
2654 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2655 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2657 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2658 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2659 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2660 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2661 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2662 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2664 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2666 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2667 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2668 Print the result in the echo area.
2669 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2673 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2674 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2675 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2677 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2679 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2680 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2681 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2682 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2683 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2684 all functions called by those functions.
2686 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2687 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2690 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2691 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2692 invoked interactively.
2694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2696 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2697 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2703 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2704 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2705 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2706 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2707 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2708 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2709 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2712 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2714 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2715 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2716 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2717 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2719 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2720 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2721 and corresponding effects.
2723 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19278
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2731 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2733 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19278 4519))
2738 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2740 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2742 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2744 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2748 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2749 ;;;;;; (19278 4519))
2750 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2752 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2753 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2754 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2755 from the cursor position.
2757 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2759 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2764 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2765 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19283
2767 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2768 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2770 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2771 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2776 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2778 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2783 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2786 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2790 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2791 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2792 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2793 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2795 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2797 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 This is most useful in the X window system.
2800 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2801 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2803 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2806 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2807 See calc-keypad for details.
2809 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2812 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2814 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2816 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2817 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2819 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2821 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2822 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2824 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2826 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2827 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2828 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2830 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2832 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2833 Define Calc function.
2835 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2836 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2837 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2839 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2840 actual Lisp function name.
2842 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2844 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2848 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19278
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2852 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2853 Run the Emacs calculator.
2854 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19278
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2865 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2866 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2867 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2868 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2869 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2871 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2872 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2873 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2874 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2875 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2876 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2877 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2878 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2881 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2882 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2884 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2885 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2886 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2887 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2888 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2889 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2891 Runs the following hooks:
2893 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2894 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2895 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2896 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2898 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2904 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2905 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19278 4522))
2906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2908 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2909 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2911 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2913 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2914 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2915 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2918 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2922 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2923 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2926 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2927 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2929 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2930 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2931 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2932 restriction to ASCII.
2934 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2939 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2940 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2941 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2943 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2944 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2945 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2946 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2947 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2948 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2949 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2951 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2952 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19278
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2961 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2965 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2966 ;;;;;; (19289 53536))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2969 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2970 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2976 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2977 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2978 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
2979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2981 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2983 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2984 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2985 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2986 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2987 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2989 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2991 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2992 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2993 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2994 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2995 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2996 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2997 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3000 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3002 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3003 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3004 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3005 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3006 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3007 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3019 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3022 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3040 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3044 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3062 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3066 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3067 Major mode for editing Java code.
3068 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3069 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3070 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3071 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3074 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3076 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3077 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3084 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3085 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3086 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3088 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3089 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3090 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3091 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3092 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3093 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3096 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3098 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3099 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3106 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3107 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3111 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3112 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3113 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3114 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3115 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3116 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3119 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3121 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3122 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3128 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3129 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3130 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3133 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3137 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3138 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19278 4527))
3139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3141 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3142 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3143 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3144 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3146 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3148 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3149 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3152 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3153 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3154 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3155 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3158 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3159 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3160 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3161 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3164 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3167 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3168 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3169 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3171 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3173 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3174 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3175 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3177 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3179 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3180 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3181 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3182 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3183 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3185 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19278 4527))
3190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3191 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3192 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3193 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3197 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3198 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3199 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
3200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3202 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3203 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3205 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3207 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3208 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3210 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3212 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3213 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3215 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3216 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3217 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3218 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3221 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3223 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3225 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3226 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3228 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3229 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3233 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3234 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3235 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3236 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3237 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3240 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3241 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3242 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3243 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3245 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3246 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3249 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3251 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3253 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3256 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3257 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3259 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3260 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3261 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3264 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3266 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3267 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3268 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3270 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3272 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3274 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3275 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3277 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3281 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3283 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3285 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3286 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3289 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3290 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3293 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3295 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3296 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3297 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3298 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3299 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3300 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3301 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3302 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3303 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3304 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3305 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3306 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3307 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3308 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3309 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3310 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3313 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3314 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3316 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3317 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3319 | (write EXPRESSION)
3320 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3321 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3324 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3327 ;; Same as: (write string)
3329 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3330 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3331 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3334 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3335 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3336 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3337 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3338 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3339 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3341 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3342 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3344 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3347 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3348 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3349 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3351 ARG := REG | integer
3354 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3357 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3360 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3364 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3369 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3372 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3373 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3374 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3377 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3378 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3380 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3381 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3382 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3385 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3386 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3389 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3390 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3392 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3395 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3399 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3400 ;; Same meaning as C code
3401 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3403 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3408 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3409 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3412 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3413 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3417 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3421 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3422 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3423 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3425 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3426 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3427 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3429 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3430 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3431 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3432 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3433 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3436 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3438 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3440 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3441 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3442 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3443 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3445 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3447 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3448 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3449 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3451 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3453 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3461 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3462 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3463 There are no special keybindings by default.
3465 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3466 to the action header.
3472 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19278 4521))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3476 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3477 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3478 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3482 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3483 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3484 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3490 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3491 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3492 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3493 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3494 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3495 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3496 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3497 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3498 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19278 4521))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3500 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3501 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3502 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3503 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3504 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3506 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3511 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3512 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3513 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3514 the users will view as each check is completed.
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3519 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3520 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3521 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3522 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3523 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3524 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3525 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3527 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3530 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3540 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3541 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3542 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3543 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3544 spacing are all verified.
3548 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3549 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3550 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3551 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3552 otherwise stop after the first error.
3554 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3556 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3557 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3558 Only documentation strings are checked.
3559 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3560 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3563 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3565 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3566 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3567 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3568 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3569 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3571 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3573 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3574 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3575 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3576 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3582 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3584 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3586 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3588 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3590 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3591 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3592 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3597 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3598 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3599 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3600 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3604 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3605 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3606 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3607 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3608 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3609 space at the end of each line.
3611 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3656 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3657 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3658 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3660 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3662 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3663 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3664 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3665 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3667 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3669 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3671 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3672 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3674 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3676 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3677 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3678 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3681 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3682 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3683 checking of documentation strings.
3685 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3691 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3692 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3693 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19278 4524))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3696 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3697 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3698 Return the length of resulting text.
3700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3702 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3703 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3707 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3708 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3709 Return the length of resulting text.
3711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3713 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3714 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3718 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3723 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3726 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3730 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3731 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19278 4516))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3734 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3735 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3736 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3737 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3738 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3739 editing and the result is evaluated.
3741 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3743 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3744 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3745 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3746 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3747 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3749 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3753 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3754 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3755 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3756 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3757 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3759 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3760 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3761 \\{command-history-map}
3763 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3764 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19278 4521))
3771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3773 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3774 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3775 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3776 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3777 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3778 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3780 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3781 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3785 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3786 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
3787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3789 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3790 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3791 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3792 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3793 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3794 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3795 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3798 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3799 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3800 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3803 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3804 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3806 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3807 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3808 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3809 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3810 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3811 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3812 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3813 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3814 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3815 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3816 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3817 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3819 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3820 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3821 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3823 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3824 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3825 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3828 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3830 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3832 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3834 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3835 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3837 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3838 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3840 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3841 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3842 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3843 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3844 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3845 value specified by their associated list element.
3847 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3849 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3850 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3851 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3853 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3854 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3855 * indent the first argument by 4.
3856 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3857 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3858 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3860 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3864 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3865 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
3866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3868 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3869 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3870 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3871 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3873 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3874 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3875 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3876 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3878 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3879 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3881 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19278
3887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3889 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3890 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3891 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3892 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3893 of `scheme-program-name').
3894 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3895 it is given as initial input.
3896 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3897 discards input when it starts up.
3898 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3900 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3907 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3908 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3909 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3913 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3914 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3915 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3916 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3917 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3918 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3919 functions have already modified the buffer.
3921 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3923 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3924 either globally or locally.")
3926 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3928 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3929 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3930 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3931 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3932 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3933 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3934 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3935 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3936 process as its initial input.
3938 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3940 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3942 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3943 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3944 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3945 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3946 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3947 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3948 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3949 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3950 process as its initial input.
3952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3954 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3956 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3957 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3958 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3959 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3960 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3961 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3963 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3965 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3966 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3967 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3968 directory tracking functions.")
3970 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3971 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3972 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3974 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3976 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3984 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3986 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3987 Send COMMAND to current process.
3988 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3989 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3991 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3993 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3994 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3995 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3996 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3998 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4002 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (19278
4004 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4006 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4007 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4008 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4009 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4011 This command pushes the mark in each window
4012 at the prior location of point in that window.
4013 If both windows display the same buffer,
4014 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4015 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4017 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4018 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4019 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4020 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4021 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4022 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4023 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4026 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4027 this command work in interlaced mode:
4028 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4029 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4030 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4032 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4037 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4038 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4039 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4040 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19278
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4044 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4045 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4047 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4049 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4050 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4051 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4052 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4053 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4054 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4055 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4057 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4059 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4060 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4062 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4064 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4065 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4066 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4067 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4068 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4069 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4070 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4072 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4073 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4074 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4075 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4076 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4078 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4079 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4080 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4081 describing how the process finished.")
4083 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4084 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4085 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4086 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4087 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4089 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4090 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4091 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4093 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4095 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4096 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4097 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4098 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4100 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4102 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4103 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4105 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4106 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4108 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4110 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4111 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4112 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4113 (concat \"make -k \"
4114 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4116 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4117 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4119 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4120 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4121 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4122 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4126 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4127 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4128 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4129 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4131 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4132 and move to the source code that caused it.
4134 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4135 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4137 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4138 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4139 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4140 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4142 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4143 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4144 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4145 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4147 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4148 kills its subprocesses.
4150 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4151 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4152 to a function that generates a unique name.
4154 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4156 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4157 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4158 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4159 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4161 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4162 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4164 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4165 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4166 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4167 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4169 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4170 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4171 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4173 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4175 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4177 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4178 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4179 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4180 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4181 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4183 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4185 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4187 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4189 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4190 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4191 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4192 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4193 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4194 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4195 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4199 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4200 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4201 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4202 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4203 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4204 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4209 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4210 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4212 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gcov\\'") 'compilation-mode))
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4222 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4223 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4224 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4227 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4229 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4231 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4232 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4233 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4235 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4236 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4237 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4238 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4240 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4241 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4242 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4243 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4245 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4246 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4247 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4248 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4250 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4251 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4252 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4253 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4254 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4260 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4261 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
4262 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4264 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4265 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4266 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4269 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4271 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4273 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4274 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4280 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4281 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4282 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4283 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
4284 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4286 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4287 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4288 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4289 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4290 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4291 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4292 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4294 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4295 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4296 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4298 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4299 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4300 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4302 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4303 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4304 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4305 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4307 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4308 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4309 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4310 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4311 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4312 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4313 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4319 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4320 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4321 Comments start with `#'.
4322 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4324 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4334 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4335 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4336 Comments start with `;'.
4337 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4339 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4341 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4342 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4343 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4345 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4346 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4350 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4351 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4352 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4353 between `/*' and `*/'.
4354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4356 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4357 // another kind of comment
4369 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4370 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4371 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4372 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4373 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4374 `conf-space-keywords'.
4375 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4376 in an interactive fashion instead.
4378 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4380 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4382 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4386 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4388 # Standard multimedia devices
4389 add /dev/audio desktop
4390 add /dev/mixer desktop
4394 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4395 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4396 See `conf-space-mode'.
4398 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4400 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4401 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4402 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4403 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4405 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4407 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4408 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4412 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4413 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4414 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4415 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4417 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4419 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4420 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4424 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4425 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4426 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4427 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4429 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4439 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19278 4527))
4440 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4442 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4443 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4444 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4445 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4447 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4450 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4451 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4452 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4454 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4456 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4457 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4458 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4459 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4461 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4463 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4464 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4466 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4471 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19278
4473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4475 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4476 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4477 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4478 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4479 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4480 following the copyright are updated as well.
4481 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4484 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4486 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4487 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4488 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4492 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4493 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4495 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4497 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4498 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4500 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4504 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4505 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19278 4527))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4507 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4508 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4509 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4510 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4511 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4512 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4513 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4515 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4516 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4517 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4518 Tab indents for Perl code.
4519 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4520 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4522 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4523 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4524 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4525 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4526 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4527 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4528 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4529 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4530 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4531 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4532 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4533 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4535 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4537 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4538 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4540 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4542 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4543 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4544 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4545 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4546 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4547 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4548 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4549 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4550 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4552 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4556 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4557 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4558 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4561 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4562 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4563 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4565 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4567 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4568 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4569 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4570 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4571 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4573 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4583 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4584 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4585 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4586 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4587 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4588 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4589 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4590 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4591 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4592 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4593 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4594 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4595 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4597 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4598 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4599 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4600 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4601 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4602 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4604 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4605 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4608 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4609 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4610 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4611 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4612 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4614 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4615 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4616 span the needed amount of lines.
4618 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4619 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4620 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4621 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4623 Variables controlling indentation style:
4624 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4625 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4626 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4627 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4628 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4629 `cperl-auto-newline'
4630 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4631 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4632 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4633 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4634 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4635 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4636 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4637 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4638 `cperl-indent-level'
4639 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4640 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4641 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4642 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4643 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4644 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4645 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4646 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4647 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4648 `cperl-brace-offset'
4649 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4650 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4651 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4652 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4653 `cperl-label-offset'
4654 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4655 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4656 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4658 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4659 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4660 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4661 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4662 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4663 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4665 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4666 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4667 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4668 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4670 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4671 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4672 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4673 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4674 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4675 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4676 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4678 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4679 column 0 is indented on
4680 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4682 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4685 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4686 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4687 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4691 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4692 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4696 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4697 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4703 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4704 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
4705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4707 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4708 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4709 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4710 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4711 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4715 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4716 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4722 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4723 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
4724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4726 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4727 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4728 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4729 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4732 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4734 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4736 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4737 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4738 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4742 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4747 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4750 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4751 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4752 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4753 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4755 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4756 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4757 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4758 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4760 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4761 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4762 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4764 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4765 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4768 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4769 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4770 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4772 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4774 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4775 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4776 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4778 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19278
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4785 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.css\\'") 'css-mode))
4787 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4788 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4794 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4795 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
4796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4800 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4803 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4805 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4807 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4808 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4809 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4810 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4811 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4813 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4814 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4815 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4816 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4817 function of these prefix keys.
4819 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4820 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4822 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4823 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4824 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4826 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4827 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4828 the prefix fallback behavior.
4830 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4831 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4832 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4833 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4837 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4838 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4844 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4845 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4846 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4847 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4848 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4849 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4850 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4851 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4852 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4853 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4854 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
4855 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4857 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4858 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4860 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4862 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4863 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4865 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4867 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4868 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4870 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4871 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4873 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4874 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4876 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4877 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4879 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4880 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4882 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4884 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4886 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4887 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4888 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4890 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4891 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4893 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4894 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4896 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4897 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4899 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4901 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4903 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4904 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4907 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4908 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4910 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4911 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4913 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4914 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4916 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4918 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4920 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4921 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4922 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4923 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4924 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4928 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4930 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4931 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4935 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4938 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4940 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4943 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4945 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4947 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4948 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4950 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4952 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4954 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4955 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4956 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4958 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4960 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4961 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4962 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4963 as part of Emacs itself.
4965 Each elements looks like this:
4967 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4969 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4970 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4971 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4972 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4973 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4974 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4975 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4978 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4980 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4981 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4982 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4983 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4984 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4986 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4987 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4988 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4989 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4991 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4993 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4994 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4995 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4996 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4997 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4999 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5000 that were added or redefined since that version.
5002 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5004 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5005 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5006 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5007 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5009 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5010 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5012 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5015 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5016 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5018 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5019 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5021 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5023 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5028 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5029 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5033 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5034 Customize all already saved user options.
5038 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5039 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5040 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5041 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5042 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5043 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5044 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5045 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5047 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5049 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5050 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5051 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5052 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5054 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5056 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5057 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5061 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5062 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5066 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5067 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5068 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5069 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5070 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5073 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5075 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5076 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5077 The result includes selecting that window.
5078 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5079 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5080 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5083 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5085 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5086 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5088 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5090 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5091 File used for storing customization information.
5092 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5093 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5094 it should be an absolute file name.
5096 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5097 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5098 something like the following in your init file:
5100 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5103 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5104 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5106 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5107 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5108 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5109 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5110 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5112 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5113 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5114 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5115 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5116 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5117 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5118 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5119 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5120 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5121 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5123 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5125 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5126 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5130 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5131 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5135 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5136 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5137 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5139 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5141 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5142 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5143 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5144 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5145 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5147 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5151 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5152 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
5153 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5155 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5156 Create a custom theme.
5162 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5163 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
5164 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5166 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5167 Mode used for cvs status output.
5173 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5174 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19278 4527))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5177 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5178 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5180 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5182 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5183 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5184 C++ modes are included.
5186 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5190 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5193 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5194 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5198 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5199 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5200 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5203 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5205 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5207 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5208 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5209 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5211 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5212 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5213 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5219 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5220 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5221 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
5222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5224 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5225 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5227 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5229 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5230 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5232 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5234 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5235 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5236 For readability, the table is slightly
5237 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5239 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5240 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5241 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5242 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5243 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5245 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5249 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5250 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5252 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5253 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5254 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5255 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5257 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5258 Completion on current word.
5259 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5260 and presents suggestions for completion.
5262 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5263 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5266 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[prefix-argument] \\[prefix-argument]),
5267 then it searches *all* buffers.
5269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5271 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5272 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5274 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5275 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5276 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5277 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5278 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5280 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5281 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5283 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5284 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5285 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5287 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5288 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5290 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5296 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5297 ;;;;;; (19278 4519))
5298 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5300 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5301 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5303 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5307 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19278
5309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5311 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5312 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5313 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5314 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5315 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19278
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5325 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5326 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5328 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5329 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5330 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5332 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5333 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5334 Data lines are not indented.
5339 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5341 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5342 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5343 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5344 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5346 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5349 Extra indentation within blocks.
5351 dcl-continuation-offset
5352 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5355 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5357 dcl-margin-label-offset
5358 Indentation for a label.
5360 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5361 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5363 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5364 dcl-block-end-regexp
5365 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5366 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5367 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5368 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5369 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5371 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5372 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5373 Two such functions are included in the package:
5374 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5375 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5377 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5378 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5379 One such function is included in the package:
5380 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5382 dcl-tab-always-indent
5383 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5384 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5387 dcl-electric-characters
5388 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5391 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5392 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5393 which words trigger electric indentation.
5396 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5397 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5398 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5400 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5401 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5402 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5403 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5405 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5406 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5407 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5408 dcl-imenu-label-call
5409 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5411 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5412 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5413 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5414 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5417 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5419 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5420 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5421 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5423 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5424 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5428 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5429 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5430 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5431 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5432 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5433 \"lined up with the command line\"
5435 Data lines are not indented at all.
5436 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5441 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5442 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5448 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19278 4521))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5452 (setq debugger 'debug)
5454 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5455 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5456 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5459 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5460 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5461 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5463 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5465 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5466 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5468 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5470 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5471 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5472 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5473 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5474 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5475 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5477 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5478 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5480 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5482 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5483 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5484 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5485 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5486 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5488 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5492 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5493 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
5494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5496 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5497 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5501 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5502 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5503 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5504 Upper-case letters are commands.
5506 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5509 The most useful commands are:
5510 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5511 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5512 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5513 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5514 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5515 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5521 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5522 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19278
5524 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5526 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5527 Customization of `columns' group.
5531 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5532 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5534 START and END delimits the text region.
5536 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5538 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5539 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5541 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5543 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5547 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19279
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5551 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5552 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5553 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5554 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5555 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5556 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5557 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5559 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5563 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5564 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5565 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5566 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5567 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5568 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5569 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5570 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5571 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5572 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5573 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5574 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5576 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5577 Directories to search when finding external units.
5578 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5579 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5583 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5584 Face used to color delphi comments.
5585 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5586 Face used to color delphi strings.
5587 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5588 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5589 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5590 Face used to color everything else.
5592 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5593 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5595 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5599 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19278
5601 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5603 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5605 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5606 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5607 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5610 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5612 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5614 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5615 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5616 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5617 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5619 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5620 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5621 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5629 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19278 4521))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5632 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5633 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5635 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5637 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5638 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5639 or nil if there is no parent.
5640 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5641 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5642 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5643 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5644 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5646 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5647 arguments are currently understood:
5649 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5650 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5652 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5653 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5655 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5656 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5658 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5660 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5662 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5663 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5664 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5666 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5667 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5669 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5670 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5671 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5673 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5674 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5676 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5677 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5679 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5681 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5683 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5684 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5685 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5686 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5687 the first time the mode is used.
5689 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5693 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5694 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19278 4516))
5695 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5697 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5698 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5699 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5700 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5701 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5702 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5705 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5707 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5708 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5709 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5710 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5711 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5712 character composition information (if relevant),
5713 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5715 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5719 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5720 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5721 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5722 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19278 4516))
5723 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5725 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5726 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5727 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5729 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5731 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5732 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5733 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5734 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5735 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5736 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5740 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5741 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5742 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5743 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5745 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5747 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5748 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5749 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5751 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5752 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5753 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5755 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5756 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5758 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5759 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5760 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5762 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5763 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5764 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5765 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5767 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5769 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5770 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5772 Handlers are called with argument list
5774 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5776 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5778 desktop-file-version
5779 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5780 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5781 desktop-buffer-point
5783 desktop-buffer-read-only
5784 desktop-buffer-locals
5786 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5787 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5789 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5792 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5794 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5795 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5797 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5799 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5801 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5802 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5803 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5804 List elements must have the form
5806 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5808 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5811 Handlers are called with argument list
5813 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5815 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5817 desktop-file-version
5818 desktop-buffer-file-name
5820 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5821 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5822 desktop-buffer-point
5824 desktop-buffer-read-only
5827 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5828 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5831 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5834 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5836 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5837 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5839 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5841 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5843 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5845 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5847 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5848 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5849 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5853 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5854 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5855 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5856 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5857 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5859 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5861 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5862 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5863 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5867 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5868 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5869 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5870 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5871 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5872 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5873 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5874 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5876 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5878 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5879 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5880 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5884 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5885 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5886 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5887 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5890 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5892 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5893 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5897 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5898 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5905 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5906 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19278 4522))
5907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5909 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5910 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5911 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5912 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5913 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5914 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5916 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5918 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5919 Repair a broken attribution line.
5920 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5922 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5924 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5925 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5926 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5927 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5929 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5931 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5932 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5938 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5939 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19295 48190))
5940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5942 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5943 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5944 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5945 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5946 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5950 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5951 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5952 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5953 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5955 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5956 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5957 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5958 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5960 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5961 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5963 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5964 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5965 calendar-date-style 'european
5966 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5968 \(diary-mail-entries)
5970 # diary-rem.el ends here
5972 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5974 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5975 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5981 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5982 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (19278 4516))
5983 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5985 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5986 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5988 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5990 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5991 The command to use to run diff.")
5993 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5995 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5996 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5997 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5998 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5999 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6000 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6002 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6003 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6004 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6006 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6008 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6009 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6010 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6011 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6012 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6013 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6015 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6019 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6020 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
6021 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6023 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6024 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6025 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6028 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6029 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6030 headers for you on-the-fly.
6032 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6033 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6034 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6040 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6041 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6042 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19278 4525))
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6051 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6052 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6053 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6055 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6059 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6060 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6061 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19287 12878))
6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6064 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6065 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6066 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6067 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6068 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6069 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6070 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6071 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6073 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6075 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6076 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6078 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6079 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6080 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6081 A value of t means move to first file.")
6083 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6085 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6086 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6087 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6088 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6089 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6090 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6092 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6093 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6094 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6095 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6096 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6097 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6098 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6099 list of files to make directory entries for.
6100 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6101 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6102 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6103 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6105 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6107 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6108 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6110 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6111 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6113 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6114 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6116 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6117 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6119 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6121 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6122 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6124 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6126 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6127 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6128 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6129 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6130 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6131 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6133 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6134 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6136 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6138 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6139 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6140 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6141 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6142 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6143 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6144 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6145 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6146 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6147 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6148 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6149 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6150 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6151 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6152 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6153 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6154 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6155 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6156 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6157 to see why something went wrong.
6158 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6159 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6160 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6161 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6162 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6163 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6164 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6165 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6166 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6167 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6168 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6169 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6170 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6172 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6173 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6174 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6175 again for the directory tree.
6177 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6180 `dired-listing-switches'
6181 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6182 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6185 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6186 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6187 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6188 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6190 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6192 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6193 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6200 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6201 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6205 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6206 ;;;;;; (19299 12748))
6207 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6209 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6210 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6211 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6212 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6213 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6214 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6215 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6219 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6220 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6221 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6223 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6225 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6226 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6228 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6232 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19278
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6236 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6237 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6238 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6239 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6240 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6241 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6243 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6247 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6248 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6249 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6250 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6251 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6252 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19278 4516))
6253 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6255 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6256 Return a new, empty display table.
6260 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6261 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6262 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6263 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6264 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6266 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6268 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6269 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6270 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6271 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6272 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6274 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6276 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6277 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6281 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6282 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6286 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6287 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6291 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6292 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6296 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6297 Display character C using printable string S.
6301 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6302 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6303 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6304 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6306 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6308 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6309 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6310 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6313 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6315 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6316 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6318 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6320 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6321 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6323 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6325 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6326 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6328 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6330 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6331 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6333 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6335 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6336 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6338 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6340 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6341 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6343 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6344 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6346 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6347 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6349 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6350 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6351 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6352 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6354 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6355 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6356 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6363 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6364 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
6365 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6367 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6368 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6369 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6370 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6371 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6372 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6373 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6380 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19278 4516))
6381 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6383 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6384 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6385 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6386 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6387 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6388 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6390 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6391 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6392 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6393 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6394 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6396 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6401 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19278 4528))
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6404 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6405 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6406 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6407 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6408 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6409 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6410 table and its own syntax table.
6412 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6415 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6417 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6418 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode)))
6425 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6426 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19278 4516))
6427 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6429 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6430 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6431 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6433 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6435 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6436 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6438 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6439 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6441 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6442 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6443 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6447 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6448 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6449 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6450 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6454 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6461 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19278 4527))
6462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6464 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6465 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6471 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19278 4516))
6472 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6474 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6476 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6479 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6480 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6486 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19278 4527))
6487 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6489 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6490 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6496 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6497 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
6498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6500 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6501 Play sounds in message buffers.
6507 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6508 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6509 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19278 4521))
6510 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6512 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6514 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6515 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6516 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6517 and toggle command MODE.
6519 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6520 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6521 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6522 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6523 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6524 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6525 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6526 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6529 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
6530 It is executed after toggling the mode,
6531 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
6532 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
6533 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
6534 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6535 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6536 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6537 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6538 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6539 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6540 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6541 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6542 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6543 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6544 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6545 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6547 For example, you could write
6548 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6549 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6552 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6554 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6556 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6558 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6559 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6560 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6561 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6562 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6563 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6564 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6565 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6566 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6567 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6568 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6569 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6571 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6572 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6573 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6574 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6575 call another major mode in their body.
6577 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6579 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6580 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6581 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6582 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6583 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6584 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6585 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6587 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6589 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6590 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6591 :inherit Parent keymap.
6593 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6594 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6596 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6599 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6600 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6601 the constant's documentation.
6603 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6605 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6606 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6607 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6609 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6613 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6614 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19278
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6618 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6620 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6621 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6623 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6624 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6625 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6627 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6628 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6632 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6633 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6637 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6638 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6642 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6643 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6645 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6647 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6649 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6651 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6652 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6654 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6655 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6657 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6659 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6661 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6665 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6666 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6667 computed automatically.
6668 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6672 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6674 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6675 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6676 keyboard equivalent.
6680 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6681 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6685 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6686 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6690 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6691 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6695 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6696 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6700 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6704 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6705 radio: A radio button.
6706 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6707 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6709 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6713 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6714 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6718 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6720 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6721 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6722 as a solid horizontal line.
6724 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6726 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6728 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6731 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6733 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6734 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6735 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6736 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6738 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6740 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6741 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6742 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6743 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6744 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6745 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6747 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6748 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6749 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6751 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6752 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6753 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6755 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6756 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6758 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6762 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6763 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6764 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6765 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6766 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6767 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6769 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19278 4527))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6772 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6773 Customization for ebnf group.
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6780 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6782 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6785 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6787 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6789 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6790 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6792 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6793 killed after process termination.
6795 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6797 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6799 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6800 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6802 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6803 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6806 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6807 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6808 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6809 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6813 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6814 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6815 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6817 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6819 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6820 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6822 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6824 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6827 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6829 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6831 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6832 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6834 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6835 killed after process termination.
6837 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6839 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6841 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6842 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6843 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6844 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6846 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6850 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6851 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6852 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6854 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6856 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6858 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6859 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6861 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6863 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6866 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6868 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6870 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6871 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6873 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6874 killed after EPS generation.
6876 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6878 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6880 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6881 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6883 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6884 The EPS file name has the following form:
6886 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6888 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6889 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6891 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6892 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6893 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6894 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6895 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6897 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6902 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6903 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6905 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6906 The EPS file name has the following form:
6908 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6910 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6911 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6913 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6914 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6915 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6916 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6917 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6919 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6922 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6924 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6926 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6927 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6929 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6931 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6934 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6938 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6939 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6941 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6942 killed after syntax checking.
6944 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6946 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6948 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6949 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6956 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6966 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6970 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6971 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6973 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6975 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6977 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6980 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6984 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6985 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6987 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6989 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6991 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6992 Set STYLE as the current style.
6994 Returns the old style symbol.
6996 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7000 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7001 Reset current style.
7003 Returns the old style symbol.
7005 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7007 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7009 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7010 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7012 Returns the old style symbol.
7014 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7018 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7023 Returns the old style symbol.
7025 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7027 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7034 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7035 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7036 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7037 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7038 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7039 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7040 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7041 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7042 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7043 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19278
7045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7047 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7048 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7049 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7050 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7051 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7052 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7054 Tree mode key bindings:
7055 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7059 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7060 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7065 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7067 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7071 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7072 View declaration of member at point.
7076 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7077 Find declaration of member at point.
7081 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7082 View definition of member at point.
7086 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7087 Find definition of member at point.
7091 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7092 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7096 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7097 View definition of member at point in other window.
7101 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7102 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7106 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7107 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7111 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7112 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7116 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7117 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7121 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7122 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7123 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7124 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7127 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7129 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7130 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7131 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7132 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7134 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7136 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7137 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7138 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7139 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7141 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7143 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7144 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7145 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7147 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7149 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7150 Search for call sites of a member.
7151 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7152 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7153 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7154 looks like a function call to the member.
7156 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7158 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7159 Move backward in the position stack.
7160 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7164 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7165 Move forward in the position stack.
7166 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7170 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7171 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7175 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7176 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7180 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7181 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7182 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7183 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7185 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7187 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7188 Display statistics for a class tree.
7194 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7195 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
7196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7198 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7199 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7200 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7201 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7203 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7204 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7205 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7207 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7208 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7209 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7211 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7213 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7219 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7220 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19278 4516))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7223 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7224 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7225 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7227 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7231 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7232 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
7233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7235 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7242 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19278 4519))
7243 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7245 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7246 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7247 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7248 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7249 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7250 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7252 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7254 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7255 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7256 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7257 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7259 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7260 an EDE controlled project.
7262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7266 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7267 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7268 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19278 4521))
7269 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7271 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7272 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7273 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7274 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7275 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7277 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7278 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7279 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7280 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7282 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7284 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7285 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7286 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7287 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7289 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7291 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7292 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7293 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7294 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7296 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7298 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7300 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7301 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7302 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7303 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7304 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7306 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7307 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7308 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7309 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7310 instrumented for Edebug.
7312 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7313 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7314 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7315 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7320 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7321 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7325 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7326 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7332 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7333 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7334 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7335 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7336 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7337 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7338 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7339 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7340 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7341 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (19278 4516))
7342 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7344 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7345 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7347 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7350 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7352 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7354 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7356 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7358 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7359 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7360 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7361 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7365 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7366 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7367 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7368 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7372 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7373 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7375 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7377 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7379 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7380 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7382 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7384 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7386 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7387 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7388 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7389 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7391 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7393 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7395 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7396 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7397 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7398 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7400 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7402 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7404 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7405 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7406 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7407 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7409 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7411 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7413 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7414 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7415 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7416 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7418 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7420 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7422 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7423 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7424 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7425 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7426 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7427 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7429 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7431 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7432 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7433 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7434 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7436 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7438 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7440 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7441 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7442 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7443 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7445 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7447 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7449 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7451 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7452 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7453 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7455 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7456 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7458 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7461 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7462 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7464 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7465 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7467 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7469 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7470 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7471 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7472 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7473 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7475 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7478 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7479 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7480 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7481 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7482 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7484 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7486 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7488 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7489 Merge two files without ancestor.
7491 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7493 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7494 Merge two files with ancestor.
7496 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7498 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7500 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7501 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7503 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7505 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7506 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7508 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7510 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7511 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7512 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7515 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7517 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7518 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7519 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7522 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7524 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7525 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7526 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7527 and don't ask the user.
7528 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7529 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7531 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7533 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7534 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7535 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7536 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7537 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7538 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7539 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7540 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7542 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7544 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7546 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7548 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7549 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7550 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7551 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7552 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7554 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7556 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7558 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7559 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7560 When called interactively, displays the version.
7564 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7565 Display Ediff's manual.
7566 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7568 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7572 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7573 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7576 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7584 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7587 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7588 Display Ediff's registry.
7592 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7596 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7597 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (19278 4516))
7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7600 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7601 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7602 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7607 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7608 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7609 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7610 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7616 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7617 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7618 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7621 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7622 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7623 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7625 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7626 Edit a keyboard macro.
7627 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7628 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7629 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7631 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7633 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7635 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7636 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7638 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7643 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7647 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7648 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7649 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7650 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7652 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7653 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7654 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7655 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7657 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7659 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7660 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7661 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7662 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7663 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7664 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7666 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7671 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19281 63740))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7674 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7676 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7677 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7679 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7681 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7682 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7689 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7692 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7693 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7694 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7695 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7696 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7697 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7698 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7700 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7701 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7703 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7704 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7705 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7706 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7708 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7709 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7710 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7712 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7713 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7714 BUFFER is put into default `major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
7716 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7718 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7721 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7726 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19278 4521))
7727 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7729 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7730 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7732 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7734 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7735 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7736 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7737 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7738 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7739 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7740 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7742 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7746 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7747 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7751 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7752 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7753 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7754 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7755 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7756 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7759 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7760 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7761 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7764 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7765 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7769 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19278
7771 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7773 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7774 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7776 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7777 an elided material again.
7779 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7786 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7787 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7790 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7795 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7796 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7797 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7799 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7801 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7802 Lint the current buffer.
7803 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7807 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7808 Lint the function at point.
7809 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initalize'.
7813 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7815 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7816 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7818 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7822 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7823 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19278
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7827 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7828 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7829 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7831 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7833 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7834 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7835 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7836 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7838 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7840 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7841 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7842 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7844 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7846 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7848 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7849 Display current profiling results.
7850 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7851 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7859 ;;;;;; (19276 36114))
7860 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7862 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7863 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7864 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7866 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7870 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7871 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7872 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7873 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7874 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (19259 35415))
7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7877 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7878 Run Emerge on two files.
7880 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7882 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7883 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7885 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7888 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7890 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7893 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7895 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7902 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7907 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7910 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7912 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7915 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7917 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7918 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7920 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7922 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7923 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7925 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7930 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7934 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7935 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19278 4528))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7938 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7939 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7940 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7941 text/enriched format.
7942 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7944 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7945 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7949 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7953 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7956 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7958 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7961 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7965 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7966 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7967 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7968 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7969 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7970 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19278
7972 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7974 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7975 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7977 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7979 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7980 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7982 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7985 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7986 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7987 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7988 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7989 the keys are listed.
7990 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7992 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7994 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
7999 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8004 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8005 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8007 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8009 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8010 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8012 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8014 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8015 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8017 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8018 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8019 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8020 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8021 should consider using the string based counterpart
8022 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8023 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8027 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8028 (decode-coding-string
8029 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8032 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8034 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8035 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8037 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8038 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8040 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8042 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8043 Verify the current region between START and END.
8045 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8046 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8047 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8048 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8049 should consider using the string based counterpart
8050 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8051 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8055 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8056 (decode-coding-string
8057 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8062 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8063 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8064 between START and END.
8066 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8067 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8069 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8071 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8072 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8074 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8075 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8076 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8077 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8078 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8079 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8083 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8086 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8088 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8090 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8091 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8093 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8094 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8095 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8096 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8097 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8098 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8102 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8105 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8108 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8110 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8111 Delete selected KEYS.
8113 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8116 Import keys from FILE.
8120 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8121 Import keys from the region.
8123 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8126 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8127 between START and END.
8129 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8131 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8132 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8134 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8136 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8137 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8144 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19278 4516))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8147 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8148 Decrypt marked files.
8152 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8153 Verify marked files.
8157 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8162 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8163 Encrypt marked files.
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8170 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19278 4516))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8173 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8176 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8178 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8183 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8190 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8191 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8192 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19278 4516))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8195 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8196 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8200 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8201 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8202 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8204 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8208 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8209 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8210 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8212 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8216 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8217 Sign the current buffer.
8218 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8220 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8222 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8224 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8225 Encrypt the current buffer.
8226 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8228 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8230 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8232 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8233 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8234 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8236 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8240 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8241 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8242 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8243 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8244 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8245 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8247 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8249 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8250 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19278 4516))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8259 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8260 Return a context object.
8262 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8266 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8267 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19278 4516))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8270 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8271 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8275 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8276 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8278 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8280 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8281 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8283 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8287 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8288 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19293 59093))
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8291 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8292 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8296 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8297 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8298 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8300 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8302 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8303 (server (erc-compute-server))
8304 (port (erc-compute-port))
8305 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8307 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8309 That is, if called with
8311 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8313 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8314 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8315 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8317 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8319 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8321 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8322 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8323 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8324 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8326 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19278
8332 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8333 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19278 4522))
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8339 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19278 4522))
8344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8345 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19278 4522))
8350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8351 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8356 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19278 4522))
8357 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8358 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8360 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8361 Parser for /dcc command.
8362 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8363 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8364 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8366 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8368 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8369 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8373 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8374 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8376 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8377 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8378 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8381 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8385 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8386 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8387 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8388 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8389 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8392 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8393 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8395 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8397 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8398 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8399 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8400 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8402 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8404 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8407 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8409 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8410 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8412 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8414 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8415 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8417 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8419 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8420 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8422 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8424 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8425 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8427 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8430 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8435 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8437 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8440 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8445 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19278
8453 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8454 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8456 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8457 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8458 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19278
8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8467 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8472 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19278 4522))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8474 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8476 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8477 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8478 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8479 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8480 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8481 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8484 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8486 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8489 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8493 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8494 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8497 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19278 4522))
8505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8506 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19278 4522))
8511 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8512 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8516 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8517 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19278 4522))
8518 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8519 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8521 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8522 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8523 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8524 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8525 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8526 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8528 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8530 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8531 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8532 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8533 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8535 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8536 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8539 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8540 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8546 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8547 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8548 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8549 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8551 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8553 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8554 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8558 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8559 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8563 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8564 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8568 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8569 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8573 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8574 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8578 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8579 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8583 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8584 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8588 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8589 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19278 4522))
8596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8597 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8601 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8604 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8606 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8613 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8614 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19278 4522))
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8617 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8618 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8619 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8620 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8624 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8625 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8631 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8632 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19278 4522))
8633 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8634 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8636 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8637 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8638 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8639 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8641 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8643 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19278 4522))
8651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8652 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19278
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8659 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19278 4522))
8664 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8665 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19278 4522))
8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8671 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8675 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8676 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19278 4522))
8677 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8678 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8680 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8681 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8685 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8686 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8687 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8689 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19278 4522))
8694 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8695 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8699 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8700 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8703 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8704 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8705 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19278
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8714 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19278 4522))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8720 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8724 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8725 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8728 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8729 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8730 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8732 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8734 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8735 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8738 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8739 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8740 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8743 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8747 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8748 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19278 4522))
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8750 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8752 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8753 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8754 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8755 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8757 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8759 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8760 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8761 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8767 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8768 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8770 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8772 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8773 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8779 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19278
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8783 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8784 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19278
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8796 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8797 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8804 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19278 4522))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8807 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8808 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8809 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8810 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8811 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8812 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8813 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8814 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8815 buffer selected (or created).
8817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8819 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8820 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8821 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8823 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8825 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8826 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8827 The result might be any Lisp object.
8828 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8829 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8830 corresponding to a successful execution.
8832 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8834 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8838 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8839 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8840 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8841 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8842 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8843 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8844 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8845 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8848 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8849 *File name of tags table.
8850 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8851 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8852 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8853 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8855 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8856 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8857 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8858 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8860 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8862 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8863 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8864 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8865 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8866 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8867 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8869 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8871 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8872 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8873 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8874 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8875 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8876 `auto-compression-mode').")
8878 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8880 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8881 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8882 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8883 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8884 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8886 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8888 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8889 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8890 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8891 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8893 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8895 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8896 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8897 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8898 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8899 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8901 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8903 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8904 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8908 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8909 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8910 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8911 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8913 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8914 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8915 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8916 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8917 file the tag was in.
8919 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8921 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8922 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8923 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8924 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8925 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8926 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8927 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8928 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8929 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8931 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8933 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8934 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8935 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8936 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8937 without directory names.
8941 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8942 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8943 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8944 but does not select the buffer.
8945 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8947 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8948 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8949 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8950 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8951 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8953 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8955 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8956 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8957 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8959 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8961 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8963 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8964 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8965 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8966 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8968 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8969 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8970 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8971 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8972 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8974 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8976 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8977 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8978 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8980 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8982 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8983 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8985 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8986 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8987 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8988 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8989 around or before point.
8991 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8992 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8993 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8994 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8995 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8997 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8999 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9000 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9001 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9003 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9005 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9006 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9008 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9009 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9010 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9011 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9012 around or before point.
9014 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9015 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9016 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9017 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9018 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9020 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9022 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9023 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9024 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9026 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9028 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9029 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9031 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9032 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9033 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9035 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9036 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9037 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9038 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9039 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9041 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9043 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9044 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9045 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9047 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9049 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9050 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9051 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9053 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9054 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9056 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9057 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9058 where they were found.
9062 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9063 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9065 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9066 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9067 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9069 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9070 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9072 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9073 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9075 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9077 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9078 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9079 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9080 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9082 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9083 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9084 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9085 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9086 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9088 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9089 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9091 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9092 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9093 Stops when a match is found.
9094 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9096 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9098 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9100 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9101 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9102 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9103 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9104 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9105 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9106 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9107 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9109 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9110 produce the list of files to search.
9112 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9114 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9116 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9117 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9118 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9119 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9120 directory specification.
9122 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9124 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9125 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9127 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9129 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9130 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9131 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9132 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9136 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9137 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9138 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9139 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9140 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9146 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9147 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9148 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9149 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9150 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9151 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9152 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9153 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9156 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9161 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9162 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9164 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9165 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9167 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9168 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9171 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9172 even if the buffer is read-only.
9174 See also the descriptions of the variables
9175 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9177 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9179 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9180 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9182 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9183 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9185 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9186 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9189 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9190 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9192 See also the descriptions of the variables
9193 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9195 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9197 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9198 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9199 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9202 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9204 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9205 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9206 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9207 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9209 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9210 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9213 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9214 buffer is read-only.
9216 See also the descriptions of the variables
9217 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9218 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9220 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9222 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9223 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9225 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9226 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9228 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9229 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9230 the primary language.
9232 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9233 buffer is read-only.
9235 See also the descriptions of the variables
9236 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9237 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9239 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9241 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9242 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9243 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9245 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9247 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9248 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9252 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9253 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9255 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9256 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9259 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9260 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9261 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9263 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9265 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9267 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9268 This function is deprecated.
9272 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9273 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9277 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9278 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9282 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9283 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9285 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9286 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9288 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9289 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9293 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9294 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9298 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9299 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9303 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9304 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9308 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9309 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9310 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9314 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9317 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9321 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9322 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9323 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
9324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9326 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9327 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9328 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9329 server for future sessions.
9331 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9333 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9334 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9335 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9337 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9339 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9340 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9341 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9343 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9345 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9346 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9347 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9348 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9349 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9350 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9351 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9352 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9353 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9354 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9355 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9356 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9358 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9360 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9361 Display a form to query the directory server.
9362 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9363 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9365 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9367 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9368 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9369 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9373 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9377 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9378 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9379 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19278 4525))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9382 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9383 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9385 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9387 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9388 Display URL and make it clickable.
9392 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9393 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9395 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9397 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9398 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9400 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9402 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9403 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9407 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9408 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9410 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9415 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19278 4525))
9416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9418 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9419 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9420 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9424 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9425 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9432 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9435 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9436 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19278
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9446 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9447 Create an empty ewoc.
9449 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9451 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9452 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9453 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9454 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9455 `insert-before-markers'.
9457 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9458 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9459 respectively, of the ewoc.
9461 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9462 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9463 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9465 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9469 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9470 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9471 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9472 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9475 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9476 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9477 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9479 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9481 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9482 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9483 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9484 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9485 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9487 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9489 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9490 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9491 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9492 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9493 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9496 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9498 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
9499 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9500 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9504 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
9505 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9506 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9513 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9514 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9515 ;;;;;; (19278 4516))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9518 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
9519 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9520 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9521 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9523 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9525 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9526 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9527 to generate such functions.
9529 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9530 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9531 beginning of the expanded text.
9533 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9534 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9535 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9536 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9538 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9540 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9542 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
9543 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9544 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9548 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
9549 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9550 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9554 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
9555 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9556 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9559 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9560 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9564 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19278 4527))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9567 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
9568 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9569 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9571 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9572 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9573 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9575 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9580 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9583 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9585 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9587 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9588 `f90-program-indent'
9589 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9591 `f90-continuation-indent'
9592 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9593 `f90-comment-region'
9594 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9595 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9596 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9597 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9599 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9600 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9601 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9602 `f90-break-delimiters'
9603 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9604 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9605 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9606 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9608 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9609 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9611 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9612 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9613 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9614 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9615 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9616 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9618 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9620 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9621 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9627 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9628 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9629 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9630 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19278
9632 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9634 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
9635 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9637 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9638 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9640 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9641 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9642 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9643 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9644 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9645 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9646 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9648 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9649 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9650 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9652 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9654 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
9655 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9657 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
9659 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
9660 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9661 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9662 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9663 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9664 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9666 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9668 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
9669 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9670 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9672 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9673 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9674 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9679 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
9680 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9681 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9683 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9684 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9685 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9686 will remove any scaling currently active.
9690 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
9691 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9692 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9695 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9696 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9697 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9698 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9700 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
9701 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9703 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9704 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9706 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9707 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9708 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9710 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9711 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9712 is one of the above.
9714 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9715 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9716 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9717 will remove any scaling currently active.
9719 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9720 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9721 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9722 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9723 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9727 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
9728 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9729 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9730 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9734 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
9735 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9736 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9737 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9738 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9740 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9741 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9743 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9745 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
9746 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9747 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9748 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9750 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9751 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9752 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9753 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9755 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9756 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9758 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9760 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
9761 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9762 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9763 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9769 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9770 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9771 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19259 35416))
9772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9774 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
9775 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9776 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9777 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9781 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
9782 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9786 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
9787 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9788 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9789 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9793 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
9794 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9795 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9796 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9797 backup file names and the like).
9799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9801 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
9802 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9803 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9804 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9805 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9806 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9807 internally by feedmail):
9809 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9810 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9811 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9812 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9814 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9815 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9816 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9817 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9818 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9820 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
9824 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9825 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19278 4516))
9826 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9828 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
9829 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9830 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9831 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9832 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9833 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9834 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9836 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
9838 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
9839 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9840 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9841 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9842 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9843 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9844 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9846 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9848 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
9850 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
9851 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9852 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9853 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9854 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9855 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9857 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
9859 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
9860 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9861 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9863 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9864 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9869 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
9870 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9872 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9874 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
9875 Try to get a file name at point.
9876 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
9878 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
9879 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9886 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9887 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9888 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19278 4516))
9889 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9891 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
9892 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9893 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9894 be added to the cache.
9896 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9898 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
9899 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9900 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9901 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9902 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9904 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9906 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
9907 Add FILE to the file cache.
9911 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
9912 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9913 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9915 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
9917 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
9918 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9919 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9921 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
9923 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
9924 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9925 This function does not use any external programs
9926 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9927 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
9928 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9930 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9932 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
9933 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9934 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9935 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9936 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9937 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9938 \(directories) is done.
9944 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9945 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9946 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9947 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9948 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19278 4517))
9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9951 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9952 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9954 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9955 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9956 Local Variables list.
9958 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9959 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9960 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9962 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9964 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9965 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9967 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9969 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9970 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9972 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9973 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9976 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9977 then this function adds it.
9979 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9981 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9982 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9984 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9986 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9987 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9989 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9991 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9992 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
9994 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9996 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
9997 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10001 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10002 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10006 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10007 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10013 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19278
10015 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10017 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10018 Filesets initialization.
10019 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10025 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19279 36173))
10026 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10028 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10029 Initiate the building of a find command.
10032 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10033 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10035 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10037 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10038 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10040 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10044 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10045 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10046 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10049 (defvar find-ls-option
(if (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (purecopy '("-ls" .
"-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" .
"-ld"))) "\
10050 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10051 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10052 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10053 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10055 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option
"find-dired" t
)
10057 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches
(purecopy "-al") "\
10058 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10059 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10060 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10061 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10063 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches
"find-dired" t
)
10065 (defvar find-grep-options
(purecopy (if (or (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration
) (string-match "irix" system-configuration
)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10066 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10067 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10068 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10070 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options
"find-dired" t
)
10072 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10073 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10074 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10076 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10078 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10079 as the final argument.
10081 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10083 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10084 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10085 and run dired on those files.
10086 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10087 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10089 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10091 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10093 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10094 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10095 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10097 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10099 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10101 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10105 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10106 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10107 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
10108 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10110 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10111 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10112 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10113 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10114 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10115 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10116 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10118 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10119 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10120 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10122 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10124 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10126 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10128 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10129 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10130 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10132 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10133 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10135 Variables of interest include:
10137 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10138 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10139 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10141 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10142 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10143 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10145 - `ff-ignore-include'
10146 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10148 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10149 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10152 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10154 - `ff-special-constructs'
10155 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10156 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10157 extracting the filename from that construct.
10159 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10160 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10162 - `ff-search-directories'
10163 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10164 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10166 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10167 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10169 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10170 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10172 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10173 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10175 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10176 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10178 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10179 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10181 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10183 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10184 Visit the file you click on.
10186 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10188 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10189 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10191 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10195 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10196 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10197 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10198 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10199 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10200 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10201 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19278 4521))
10202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10204 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10205 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10206 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10208 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10210 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10211 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10212 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10213 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10215 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10216 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10217 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10218 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10220 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10222 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10223 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10225 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10226 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10227 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10228 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10230 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10231 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10234 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
10236 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10237 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10239 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10240 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10241 places point before the definition.
10242 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10244 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10245 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10246 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10248 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10250 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10251 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10253 See `find-function' for more details.
10255 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10257 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10258 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10260 See `find-function' for more details.
10262 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10264 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10265 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10267 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10268 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10269 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10271 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10272 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10274 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10276 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10277 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10279 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10280 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10281 places point before the definition.
10283 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10285 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10286 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10287 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10289 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10291 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10292 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10294 See `find-variable' for more details.
10296 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10298 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10299 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10301 See `find-variable' for more details.
10303 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10305 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10306 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10307 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10308 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10309 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10310 buffer nor display it.
10312 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10313 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10315 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10317 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10318 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10320 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10321 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10322 places point before the definition.
10324 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10326 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10327 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10328 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10332 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10333 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10334 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10338 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10339 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10343 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10344 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10348 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10349 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10356 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19278 4517))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10359 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10360 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10362 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10364 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10365 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10369 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10370 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10372 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10376 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10377 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19278 4517))
10378 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10380 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10381 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10385 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10386 Display FILE's commentary section.
10387 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10391 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10392 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10398 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10399 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19278 4517))
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10402 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10403 Toggle flow control handling.
10404 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10405 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10407 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10409 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10410 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10411 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10412 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10413 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10414 to get the effect of a C-q.
10416 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10420 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10421 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
10422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10424 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10427 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10429 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10432 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10436 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10437 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19297 59939))
10438 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10440 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10441 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10442 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10443 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10447 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10448 Turn flymake mode on.
10452 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10453 Turn flymake mode off.
10459 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10460 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10461 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19278 4528))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10464 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10465 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10468 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10470 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10471 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10472 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10473 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10474 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10475 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10476 otherwise turn it off.
10479 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10480 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10481 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10482 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10485 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10488 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10489 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10490 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10492 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10494 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10495 in your .emacs file.
10497 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10498 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10502 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10503 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10507 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10508 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10512 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
10513 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10517 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
10518 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10520 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
10522 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
10523 Flyspell whole buffer.
10529 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10530 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10531 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
10532 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10534 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10535 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10539 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10540 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10544 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
10545 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10547 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10548 of two major techniques:
10550 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10551 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10552 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10554 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10555 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10556 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10559 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10560 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10561 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10562 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10563 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10566 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10567 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10569 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10571 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10572 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10573 \(This is the default.)
10575 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10577 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10578 \\{follow-mode-map}
10580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10582 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
10583 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10585 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10586 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10587 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10588 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10589 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10590 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10592 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10593 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10594 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10596 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10597 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10598 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10604 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19278
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10608 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
10609 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10610 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10611 started, play around with the following keys:
10612 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10619 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19278 4517))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10622 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
10623 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10625 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10626 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10627 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10628 C-c < forms-first-record <
10629 C-c > forms-last-record >
10630 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10631 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10632 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10633 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10634 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10635 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10636 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10637 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10638 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10639 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10641 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
10643 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
10644 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10648 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
10649 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10655 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10656 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10659 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
10660 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10661 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10663 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10664 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10666 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10669 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10671 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10673 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10674 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10675 `fortran-do-indent'
10676 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10677 `fortran-if-indent'
10678 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10679 `fortran-structure-indent'
10680 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10682 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10683 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10684 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10685 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10686 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10687 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10688 nil don't change the indentation
10689 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10691 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10692 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10693 depending on the continuation format in use.
10694 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10695 indentation for a line of code.
10697 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10698 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10699 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10700 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10701 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10702 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10703 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10704 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10705 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10706 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10708 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10709 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10710 statements (default nil).
10711 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10712 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10713 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10714 `fortran-continuation-string'
10715 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10716 line (default \"$\").
10717 `fortran-comment-region'
10718 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10719 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10720 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10721 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10722 as typed (default t).
10723 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10724 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10726 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10727 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10733 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10734 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19278 4527))
10735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10737 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
10738 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10740 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10741 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10743 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
10745 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
10746 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10748 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10749 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10751 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
10753 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
10754 Compile fortune file.
10756 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10757 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10759 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10761 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
10762 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10764 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10765 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10766 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10767 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10769 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10771 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
10772 Display a fortune cookie.
10774 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10775 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10776 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10777 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10779 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10783 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10784 ;;;;;; (19279 36173))
10785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10787 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-ui" "\
10788 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10789 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
10790 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
10792 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10793 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10794 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10795 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10797 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10798 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10799 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10800 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
10801 some of the buffers.
10803 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10805 The following commands help control operation :
10807 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10808 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10810 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10811 detailed description of this mode.
10813 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10815 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10816 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10817 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10819 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
10821 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10822 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
10823 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10825 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
10826 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
10827 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
10830 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
10832 (defalias 'gdba
'gdb
)
10834 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
10835 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10837 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-ui" t
)
10841 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10842 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19278
10844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10846 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
10847 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10848 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10849 instead (which see).")
10851 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
10852 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10854 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10855 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10856 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10857 documentation string instead.
10859 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10860 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10861 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10862 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10863 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10864 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10865 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10866 enders are actually possible.
10868 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10869 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10871 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10872 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10873 `font-lock-keywords'.
10875 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10876 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10877 runs the macro expansion.
10879 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10880 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10881 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10883 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10885 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
10887 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
10888 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10890 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
10892 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
10893 Enter generic mode MODE.
10895 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10896 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10897 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10899 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10900 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10904 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
10905 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10906 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10907 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10908 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10909 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10910 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10911 `font-lock-keywords'.
10913 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
10917 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10918 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
10919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10921 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
10922 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10923 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10924 at places they belong to.
10926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10930 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10931 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10932 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10935 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
10936 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10937 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10939 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
10941 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
10942 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10944 Guideline for numbers:
10946 3 - non-serious error messages
10947 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10948 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10949 9 - messages inside loops.
10951 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10953 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
10954 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10955 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10957 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10959 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
10960 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10962 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
10964 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
10965 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10967 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10968 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10969 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10970 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10971 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10972 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10974 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10975 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10976 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10977 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10978 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10980 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10982 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
10986 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10987 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19278 4523))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10989 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
10990 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
10992 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
10993 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10997 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
10999 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11000 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11001 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11002 name of an NNTP server to use.
11003 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11006 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11008 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11009 Read news as a slave.
11011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11013 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11014 Pop up a frame to read news.
11015 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11016 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11017 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11018 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11019 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11020 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11021 current display is used.
11023 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11025 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11027 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11028 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11029 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11031 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11035 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11036 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11037 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11038 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11039 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11040 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19278 4522))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11043 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11044 Start Gnus unplugged.
11048 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11049 Start Gnus plugged.
11053 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11054 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11058 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11059 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11061 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11062 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11063 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11065 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11066 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11067 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11071 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11072 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11076 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11077 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11078 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11079 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11080 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11083 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11086 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11087 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11088 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11089 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11092 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11094 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11095 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11099 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11100 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11101 downloaded into the agent.
11103 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11105 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11106 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11107 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11108 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11110 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11112 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11113 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11117 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11118 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11122 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11123 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11124 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11126 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11131 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11134 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11135 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11142 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
11143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11145 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play
"gnus-audio" "\
11146 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11153 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19278 4522))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11156 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11157 Set a bookmark for this article.
11161 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11162 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11164 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11166 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11167 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11168 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11169 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11170 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11177 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11178 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19278
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11182 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11183 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11186 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11190 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11191 Generate the cache active file.
11193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11195 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11196 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11200 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11201 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11202 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11203 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11204 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11207 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11209 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11210 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11211 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11212 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11213 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11216 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11220 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11221 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19278 4522))
11222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11224 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11225 Delay this article by some time.
11226 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11228 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11229 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11231 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11232 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11234 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11235 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11237 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11239 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11240 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11244 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11245 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11246 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11247 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11249 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11250 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11252 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11256 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11257 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19279 36173))
11258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11260 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11263 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11265 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11268 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11272 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11273 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11276 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11277 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11283 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11284 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11287 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11288 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11294 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11295 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11296 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19278
11298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11300 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11301 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11305 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11306 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11310 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11311 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11313 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11314 different input formats.
11318 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11319 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11321 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11322 different input formats.
11326 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11327 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11328 The PNG is returned as a string.
11330 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11332 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11333 Convert FILE to a Face.
11334 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11337 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11341 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11342 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19278 4522))
11343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11345 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11346 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11347 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11348 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11350 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11352 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11353 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11355 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11359 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11360 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11363 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11365 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11366 Run batched scoring.
11367 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11373 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11374 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11375 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11378 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11383 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11384 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11385 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11387 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11389 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11390 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11392 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11398 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11399 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11400 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11403 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11404 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11405 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11406 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11409 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11410 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11411 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11412 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11414 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11415 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11416 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11417 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11418 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11419 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11420 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11421 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11422 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11423 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11425 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11427 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11428 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11429 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11432 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11433 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11435 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11437 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11438 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11439 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11441 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11445 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11446 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11447 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11449 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11451 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11452 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11453 existing groups are considered.
11455 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11456 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11459 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11460 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11461 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11462 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11463 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11464 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11465 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11466 clauses will be generated.
11468 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11469 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11470 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11471 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11472 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11473 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11475 For example, given the following group parameters:
11478 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11479 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11481 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11482 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11483 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11484 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11486 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11488 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11490 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11492 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11493 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11496 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
11500 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11501 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11504 (autoload 'gnus-change-server
"gnus-move" "\
11505 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11506 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11508 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil
)
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11513 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19278 4523))
11514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11516 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
11517 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11518 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11519 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11521 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil
)
11523 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
11526 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11528 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
11529 Like `message-reply'.
11531 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
11533 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
11537 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
11538 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (19278 4523))
11539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
11541 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups
"gnus-nocem" "\
11542 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
11546 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache
"gnus-nocem" "\
11547 Load the NoCeM cache.
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11554 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11555 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11558 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11559 Display picons in the From header.
11560 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11564 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11565 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11566 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11570 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11571 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11572 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11579 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11580 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11581 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11582 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19278 4523))
11583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11585 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
11586 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11587 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11588 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11590 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11592 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
11593 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11594 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11597 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11599 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
11600 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11601 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11603 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11605 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11608 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11610 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11611 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11612 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11614 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11616 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11617 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11618 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11620 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
11622 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
11624 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
11625 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11626 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11628 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11630 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
11631 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11632 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11634 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11636 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
11637 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11638 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11640 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11642 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
11643 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11645 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
11649 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11650 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19278 4523))
11651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11653 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
11654 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11658 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
11659 Install the registry hooks.
11665 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11666 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19278
11668 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11670 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
11671 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11672 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11673 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11674 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11675 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11679 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
11680 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11681 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11682 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11683 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11687 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
11694 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11695 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11698 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup
"gnus-soup" "\
11699 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11700 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11701 for matching on group names.
11703 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11704 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11706 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11708 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11714 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11715 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11716 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11718 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
11719 Update the format specification near point.
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11726 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (19278
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11730 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
11731 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11733 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
11735 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
"gnus-start" "\
11742 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11743 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11746 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
11747 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11749 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19278 4527))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11756 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
11757 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11759 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11760 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11761 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11763 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11764 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11765 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11767 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11768 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11770 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11771 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11773 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11775 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
11779 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11780 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19278
11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11784 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
11786 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
11787 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11788 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11789 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11790 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11792 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
11794 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
11795 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11796 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11798 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11799 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11801 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11802 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11805 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
11807 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11808 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11812 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11813 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11819 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11820 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11821 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19278 4527))
11822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11824 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
11825 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11827 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
11829 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
11830 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11831 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11832 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11833 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11835 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11836 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11837 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11839 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
11841 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
11842 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11843 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11844 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11845 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11847 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
11849 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
11850 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11852 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
11854 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil
(setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil
) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil
(- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil
1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
11855 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11857 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
11858 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11859 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11861 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
11862 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11863 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11865 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
11866 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11867 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11868 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11870 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
11871 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11872 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11873 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11874 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11876 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11878 (defvar grep-history nil
)
11880 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
11882 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
11883 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11884 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11888 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
11893 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
11894 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11898 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
11899 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11900 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11901 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11904 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11905 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11907 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11908 can easily repeat a grep command.
11910 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11911 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11912 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11915 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11917 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
11918 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11919 Collect output in a buffer.
11920 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11921 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11923 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11924 easily repeat a find command.
11926 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11928 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
11930 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
11931 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11932 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11933 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11934 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11936 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11937 before it is executed.
11938 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11940 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11941 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11942 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11944 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11946 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11948 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
11949 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11950 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11951 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11952 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11954 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11955 before it is executed.
11956 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11958 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11959 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11960 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11962 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11964 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11966 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
11967 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11968 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11969 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11971 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
11973 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
11977 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19278 4517))
11978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11980 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
11981 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11982 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11983 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11984 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11986 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
11990 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
11991 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19278 4527))
11992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11994 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
11995 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11996 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11997 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11999 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12001 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12002 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12003 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12004 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12006 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12008 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12009 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12010 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12011 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12013 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12015 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12016 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12017 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12018 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12020 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12021 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12023 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12025 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12026 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12027 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12028 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12030 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12032 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12033 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12034 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12035 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12037 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12039 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12040 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12041 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12042 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12043 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12045 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12046 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12047 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12048 original source file access method.
12050 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12051 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12053 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12054 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12056 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy "/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit") 'gdb-script-mode
))
12058 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12059 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12063 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12064 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12065 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12068 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12070 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12072 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12073 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12079 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19278
12081 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12083 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12084 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12085 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12086 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12088 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12089 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12090 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12091 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12097 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12098 ;;;;;; (19259 35420))
12099 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12101 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12102 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12104 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12106 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12107 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12108 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12109 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12111 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12115 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12116 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12117 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12118 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12125 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12126 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12127 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19278 4524))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12130 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12131 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12135 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12136 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12137 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12141 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12142 Verify a hashcash payment
12144 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12146 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12147 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12148 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12149 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12150 `mail-add-payment-async').
12152 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12154 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12155 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12156 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12157 Calculation is asynchronous.
12159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12161 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12162 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12163 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12169 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12170 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12171 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12172 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19278 4517))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12175 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12176 Return the help-echo string at point.
12177 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12178 property, or nil, is returned.
12179 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12180 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12181 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12183 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12185 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12186 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12187 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12188 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12189 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12193 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12194 Display local help in the echo area.
12195 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12196 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12197 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12200 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12201 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12202 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12206 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12207 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12208 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12212 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12213 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12214 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12218 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12219 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12220 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12221 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12222 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12223 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12224 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12225 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12226 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12227 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12228 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12230 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12231 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12232 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12233 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12234 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12236 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12237 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12238 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12239 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12240 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12241 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12242 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12243 The default is `never'.")
12245 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12247 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12248 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12249 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12250 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12251 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12252 considered different regions.
12254 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12255 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12256 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12257 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12258 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12259 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12260 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12261 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12262 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12264 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12266 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12267 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12268 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12269 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12272 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12273 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12274 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12275 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12276 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12277 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12278 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12279 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12281 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12282 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12283 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12284 rarely happens in practice.
12286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12288 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12289 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12290 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12291 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12292 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12293 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12300 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12301 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12302 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
12303 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12305 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12306 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12308 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12310 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12311 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12312 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12314 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12316 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12317 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12318 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12319 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12320 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12321 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12322 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12323 search for a function definition.
12325 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12326 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12327 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12328 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12329 suitable file is found, return nil.
12331 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12333 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12336 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12338 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12339 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12340 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12341 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12343 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12345 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12346 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12347 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12348 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12349 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12350 it is displayed along with the global value.
12352 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12354 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12355 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12356 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12357 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12359 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12361 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12362 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12363 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12364 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12365 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12367 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12371 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12372 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
12373 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12375 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12376 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12377 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12378 window listing and describing the options.
12379 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12380 gives the window that lists the options.")
12382 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12387 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12388 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19278
12390 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12392 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12393 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12394 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12400 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12405 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12410 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12411 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12413 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12414 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12415 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12416 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12418 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12419 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12420 restore it properly when going back.
12422 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12424 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12425 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12426 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12428 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12429 exists, it is created.
12433 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12434 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12436 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12437 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12438 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12439 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12440 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12441 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12442 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12443 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12445 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12446 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12447 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12448 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12450 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12451 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12454 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12456 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12457 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12458 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12459 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12460 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12461 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12463 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12465 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12466 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12467 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12468 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12469 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12471 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12473 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
12474 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12476 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
12480 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12481 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19278 4521))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12484 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
12485 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12489 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
12490 Provide help for current mode.
12496 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12497 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19279 36173))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12500 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
12501 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12502 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12503 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12504 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12506 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12507 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12509 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12510 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12511 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12512 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12514 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12515 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12518 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12523 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12524 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12525 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12526 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12527 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12528 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12529 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12530 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12531 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12532 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12533 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12534 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12535 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12536 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12537 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12539 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12540 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12541 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12543 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12546 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12548 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12549 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12550 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12552 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12553 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12554 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12556 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12557 into the buffer at the current point.
12559 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12560 into the buffer at the current point.
12562 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12563 into the buffer at the current point.
12565 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12567 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12568 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12570 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12572 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12576 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
12577 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12578 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12579 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12581 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
12583 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
12584 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12585 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12591 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12592 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12593 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12594 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12597 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12598 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12600 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12601 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12602 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12603 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12604 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12605 called interactively, are:
12607 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12608 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12610 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12611 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12612 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12613 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12615 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12616 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12618 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12619 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12621 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12622 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12623 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12624 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12625 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12626 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12627 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12628 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12629 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12630 function returns t.
12632 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12633 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12635 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12636 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12639 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12640 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12641 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12642 Patterns will be read until
12644 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12648 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
12649 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12650 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12651 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12652 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12653 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12655 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
12657 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12658 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12659 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12661 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12662 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12663 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12667 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
12669 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12670 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12672 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12673 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12674 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12675 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12676 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12678 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12680 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
12682 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12683 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12685 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12686 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12687 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12688 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12689 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12691 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12693 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
12695 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12696 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12698 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12699 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12701 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12703 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
12705 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12706 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12708 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12709 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12710 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12711 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12712 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12714 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
12716 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
12717 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12719 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12720 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12721 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12727 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12728 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
12729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12731 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
12732 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12733 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12734 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12735 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12736 how the hiding is done:
12739 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12740 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12743 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12744 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12745 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12746 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12747 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12750 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12751 #endif lines when hiding.
12753 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12754 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12757 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12758 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12759 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12761 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12767 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12768 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
12769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12771 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
12772 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12773 Each element has the form
12774 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12776 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12777 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12779 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12780 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12782 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12783 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12784 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12785 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12786 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12787 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12789 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12790 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12792 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12793 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12795 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12796 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12797 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12799 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
12800 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12801 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12802 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12803 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12805 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12806 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12807 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12809 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12810 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12812 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12815 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12819 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
12820 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12826 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12827 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12828 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12829 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12830 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19278
12832 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12834 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12835 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12837 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12839 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12840 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12841 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12844 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12845 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12846 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12847 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12848 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12849 through various faces.
12850 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12851 buffer with the contents of a file
12852 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12856 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12857 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12859 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12860 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12861 in a distinctive face.
12863 The default value can be customized with variable
12864 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12866 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12870 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
12871 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12872 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12874 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
12876 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12877 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12881 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12882 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12886 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
12887 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12889 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12890 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12891 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12892 shown in the last face in the list.
12894 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12895 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12896 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12898 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12902 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
12903 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12905 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12907 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12910 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12911 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12913 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12914 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12915 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12917 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
12919 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
12920 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12922 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12923 this function is called interactively.
12925 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12926 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12927 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12929 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12930 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12931 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12933 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
12935 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
12936 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12937 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12939 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12940 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12942 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
12944 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12945 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12946 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12948 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12949 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12950 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12956 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12957 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12958 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12959 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12960 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19278 4517))
12961 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12963 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
12964 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12965 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12966 or insert functions in this list.")
12968 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
12970 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
12971 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12973 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
12975 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
12976 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12978 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
12980 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
12981 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12983 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
12985 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
12986 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12988 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
12990 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
12991 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12992 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12994 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
12996 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
12997 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12998 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13001 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13003 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13004 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13005 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13006 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13007 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13009 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13011 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13012 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13013 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13014 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13015 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13017 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13018 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13019 undoes the expansion.
13023 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13024 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13025 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13026 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13028 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13032 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13033 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13036 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13037 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13038 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13040 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13041 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13042 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13043 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13044 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13046 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13047 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13048 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13049 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13053 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13054 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13055 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13057 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13058 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13060 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13062 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13063 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13064 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13066 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13067 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13073 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13074 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13075 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13076 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13077 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19278 4519))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13080 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13081 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13082 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13084 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13086 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13088 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13090 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13094 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13096 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13098 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13100 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13102 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13104 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13106 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13108 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13110 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13111 User defined holidays.
13112 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13114 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13116 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13118 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13120 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13121 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13123 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13125 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13126 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13128 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13130 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13131 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13133 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13135 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13136 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13138 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13140 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13142 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13144 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13146 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13148 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13150 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13151 Christian holidays.
13152 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13154 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13156 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13158 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13160 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13162 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13164 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13166 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13168 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13170 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13172 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13174 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13176 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13178 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13180 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13181 Sun-related holidays.
13182 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13184 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13186 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13188 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13190 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13192 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13193 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13194 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13195 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13199 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13200 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13201 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13202 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13203 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13205 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13206 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13208 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13209 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13211 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13212 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13213 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13214 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13217 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13219 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13221 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13225 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19278
13227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13229 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13230 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13236 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13237 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19278
13239 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13241 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13242 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13244 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13245 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13246 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13248 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13249 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13250 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13251 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13252 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13253 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13255 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13256 title of the column.
13258 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13259 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13260 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13261 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13262 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13264 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13266 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13267 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13268 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13269 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13270 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13272 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13273 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13274 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13276 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13278 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13279 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13280 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13281 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13282 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13283 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13285 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13286 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13287 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13288 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13289 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13290 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13291 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13292 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13294 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13295 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13296 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13297 buffer's modification flag.
13298 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13299 prompted before performing this operation.
13300 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13301 operation is complete, in the form:
13302 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13303 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13304 confirmation message, in the form:
13305 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13306 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13307 macro for exactly what it does.
13309 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13311 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13312 Define a filter named NAME.
13313 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13314 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13315 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13317 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13318 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13319 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13320 bound to the current value of the filter.
13322 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13326 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13327 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19278 4517))
13328 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13330 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13331 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13332 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13333 buffers which are visiting a file.
13335 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13337 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13338 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13339 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13340 buffers which are visiting a file.
13342 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13344 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13345 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13346 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13348 All arguments are optional.
13349 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13350 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13351 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13352 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13353 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13354 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13355 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13356 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13357 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13358 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13359 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13360 that value locally in this buffer.
13362 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13366 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13367 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13368 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19278 4519))
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13371 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
13372 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13373 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13374 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13376 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13378 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
13379 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13380 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13381 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13383 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13384 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13385 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13387 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13389 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
13390 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13391 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13392 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13393 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13394 non-marking or not.
13396 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13398 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
13399 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13401 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13402 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13405 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13406 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13407 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13409 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13412 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13413 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13414 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13416 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13420 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19278
13422 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13424 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
13425 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13426 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13428 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13429 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13431 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
13433 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
13434 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13435 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13436 otherwise turn it off.
13438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13442 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19278 4527))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13445 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
13446 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13447 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13448 Tab indents for Icon code.
13449 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13450 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13452 Variables controlling indentation style:
13453 icon-tab-always-indent
13454 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13455 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13457 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13458 inserted in Icon code.
13460 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13461 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13462 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13463 icon-continued-statement-offset
13464 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13465 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13466 icon-continued-brace-offset
13467 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13468 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13470 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13471 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13472 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13473 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13475 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13476 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13482 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13483 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
13484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13486 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
13487 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13488 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13489 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13491 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13492 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13495 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13496 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13498 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13499 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13500 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13502 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13504 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
13508 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13509 ;;;;;; (19279 36173))
13510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13512 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
13513 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13515 The main features of this mode are
13517 1. Indentation and Formatting
13518 --------------------------
13519 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13520 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13522 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13523 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13524 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13525 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13527 Comments are indented as follows:
13529 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13530 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13531 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13533 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13535 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13536 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13537 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13538 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13539 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13540 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13542 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13543 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13544 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13545 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13549 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13550 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13551 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13552 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13553 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13554 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13555 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13556 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13557 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13558 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13563 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13564 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13565 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13566 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13570 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13571 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13572 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13573 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13574 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13577 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13578 --------------------------------
13579 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13580 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13582 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13583 \\fu FUNCTION template
13584 \\c CASE statement template
13585 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13586 \\f FOR loop template
13587 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13588 \\w WHILE loop template
13589 \\i IF statement template
13590 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13593 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13594 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13596 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13597 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13598 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13599 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13601 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13602 -------------------------
13603 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13604 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13606 7. Automatic END completion
13607 ------------------------
13608 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13609 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13613 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13614 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13616 9. Documentation and Customization
13617 -------------------------------
13618 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13619 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13620 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13621 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13622 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13626 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13627 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13628 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13630 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13636 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13637 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13638 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13639 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13640 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13641 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13642 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13643 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19284
13645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13647 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
13648 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13649 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13650 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13652 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13653 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13654 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13657 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13659 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
13661 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
13662 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13663 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13664 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13665 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13666 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13667 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13668 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13669 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13673 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
13674 Switch to another buffer.
13675 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13676 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13679 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13680 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13681 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13682 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13683 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13685 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13686 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13688 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13689 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13691 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13692 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13693 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13694 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13695 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13696 in a separate window.
13697 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13698 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13699 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13700 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13701 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13702 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13703 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13704 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13705 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13709 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
13710 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13711 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13712 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13716 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
13717 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13718 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13719 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13723 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
13725 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13726 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13730 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
13731 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13732 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13733 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13737 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
13738 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13739 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13740 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13744 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
13745 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13749 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
13750 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13751 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13752 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13753 visible in another frame.
13755 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13756 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13757 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13758 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13759 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13760 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13762 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13763 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13765 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13766 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13768 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13769 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13770 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13771 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13772 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13773 in a separate window.
13774 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13775 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13776 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13777 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13778 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13779 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13780 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13781 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13782 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13783 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13784 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13785 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13786 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13787 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13788 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13792 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
13793 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13794 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13795 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13799 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
13800 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13801 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13802 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13806 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
13807 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13808 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13809 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13813 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
13814 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13815 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13816 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13820 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
13821 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13822 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13823 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13827 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
13828 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13829 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13830 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13834 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
13835 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13836 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13837 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13841 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
13842 Write current buffer to a file.
13843 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13844 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13848 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
13849 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13850 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13851 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13855 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
13856 Call `dired' the ido way.
13857 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13858 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13862 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
13863 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13864 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13865 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13866 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13867 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13869 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
13871 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
13872 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13873 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13874 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13876 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
13878 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
13879 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13880 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13881 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13883 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
13885 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
13886 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13887 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13888 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13889 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13890 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13891 with `completing-read'.
13892 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13893 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13894 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13895 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13896 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13897 with point positioned at the end.
13898 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13899 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13901 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil
)
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19278 4517))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13907 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*ielm*"))
13909 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
13910 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13911 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13917 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13918 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
13919 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13921 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13922 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13926 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13927 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13933 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13934 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
13935 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
13936 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
13937 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (19278 4517))
13938 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13940 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
13941 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13942 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13945 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
13947 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
13948 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
13949 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13954 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
13955 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13956 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13959 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
13961 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
13962 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
13963 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13966 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
13968 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
13969 Determine and return image type.
13970 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
13971 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13972 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13973 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
13974 use its file extension as image type.
13975 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
13977 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
13979 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
13980 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13981 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13983 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
13985 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
13986 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
13987 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
13989 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
13990 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
13991 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
13992 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
13997 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
13999 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14000 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14001 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14002 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14003 use its file extension as image type.
14004 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14005 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14006 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14007 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14009 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14011 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14012 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14013 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14015 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14017 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14018 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14019 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14020 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14021 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14022 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14023 POS may be an integer or marker.
14024 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14025 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14026 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14027 means display it in the right marginal area.
14029 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14031 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14032 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14033 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14034 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14035 defaulted if you omit it.
14036 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14037 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14038 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14039 means display it in the right marginal area.
14040 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14041 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14042 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14043 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14044 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14046 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14048 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14049 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14050 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14051 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14052 defaulted if you omit it.
14053 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14054 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14055 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14056 means display it in the right marginal area.
14057 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14059 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14061 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14062 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14063 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14064 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14066 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14068 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14069 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14071 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14073 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14074 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14075 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14076 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14077 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14078 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14079 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14080 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14083 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14085 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14087 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14089 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14090 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14092 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14093 documentation string.
14095 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14096 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14097 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14098 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14099 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14100 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14101 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14106 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14107 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14109 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14113 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14114 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14115 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14116 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14117 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14118 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14119 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
14120 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19278 4517))
14121 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14123 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14124 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
14128 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14129 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14131 Convenience command that:
14133 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14134 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14135 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14137 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14138 image files in dired and type
14139 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14141 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14143 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14144 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14146 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14148 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14149 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14150 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14151 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14152 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14155 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14156 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14157 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14159 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14160 instead of erasing it first.
14162 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14163 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14164 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14165 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14166 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14167 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14169 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14171 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14172 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14173 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14174 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14179 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14181 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14183 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14184 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14188 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14189 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14190 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14194 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14195 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14199 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14200 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14201 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14202 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14206 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14207 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14211 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14212 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14216 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14217 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14221 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14222 Display current image file.
14223 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14224 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14228 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14229 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14233 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14234 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14235 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14236 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14237 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14238 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14239 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14243 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14244 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14245 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14252 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14253 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14254 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19278 4517))
14255 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14257 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14258 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14259 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14260 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14262 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14263 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14264 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14265 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14267 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14269 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14270 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14271 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14272 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14274 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14275 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14276 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14277 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14279 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14281 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14282 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14286 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14287 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14288 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14289 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14291 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14293 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14294 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14295 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14298 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14300 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14302 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14303 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14304 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14305 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14307 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14308 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14309 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14315 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14316 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19278 4517))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14318 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.jpe?g\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14319 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.png\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14320 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.gif\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14321 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.tiff?\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14322 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.p[bpgn]m\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14323 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'c-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14324 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.x[bp]m\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14325 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'xml-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14326 (push (cons (purecopy "\\.svgz?\\'") 'image-mode
) auto-mode-alist
)
14328 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14329 Major mode for image files.
14330 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14331 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14335 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14336 Toggle Image minor mode.
14337 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14338 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14339 to display an image file as the actual image.
14341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14343 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14344 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14345 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14346 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14347 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14348 to display an image file as the actual image.
14350 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14351 to display an image file as text inititally.
14353 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14358 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
14361 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14365 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14366 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19278 4517))
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14369 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
14370 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14372 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14374 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14375 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14378 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14380 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14381 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14382 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14384 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
14386 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
14387 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14389 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14390 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14391 pattern's structure.
14393 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14394 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14395 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14397 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
14399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
14401 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
14402 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14404 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14405 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14406 called within a `save-excursion'.
14408 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
14412 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
14413 Function for finding the next index position.
14415 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14416 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14417 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14420 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14421 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14423 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
14425 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
14426 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14428 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14429 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14430 It should return the name for that index item.")
14432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
14434 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
14435 Function to compare string with index item.
14437 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14438 non-nil if they match.
14440 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14441 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14442 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14443 arguments match\".")
14445 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
14447 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
14448 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14449 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14451 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
14452 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
14454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
14456 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
14458 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
14459 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14460 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14461 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14465 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
14466 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14468 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14472 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
14473 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14474 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14475 for more information.
14477 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
14481 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14482 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14483 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19278 4524))
14484 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14486 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
14487 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14491 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
14494 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
14496 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14499 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
14501 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14504 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
14506 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
14507 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14509 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14513 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14514 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14515 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19278 4528))
14516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14518 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14519 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14520 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14521 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14522 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14524 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
14526 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
14527 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14529 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
14531 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14532 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14533 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14534 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14535 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14536 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14537 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14538 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14540 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
14542 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14543 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14544 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14545 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14546 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14548 This variable is only used if the variable
14549 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14551 More precise choices:
14552 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14553 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14556 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14558 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
14560 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
14561 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14563 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
14564 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14565 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14567 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14568 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14569 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14570 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14573 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14575 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
14579 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14580 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14581 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14582 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14583 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
14584 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14586 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
14587 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14589 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
14590 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14591 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14593 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
14594 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14595 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14596 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14597 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14598 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14599 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14600 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14601 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14602 with the top-level Info directory.
14604 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14605 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14606 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14607 appended to the Info buffer name.
14609 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14610 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14611 in all the directories in that path.
14613 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14615 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
14617 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
14618 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14622 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
14623 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14624 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14625 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14629 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
14630 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14631 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14632 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14634 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
14636 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
14637 Go to the Info directory node.
14641 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
14642 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14643 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14644 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14645 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14646 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14648 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
14650 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
14651 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14652 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14654 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
14656 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
14657 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14661 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
14662 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14663 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14664 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14665 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14667 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14668 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14670 Selecting other nodes:
14671 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14672 Follow a node reference you click on.
14673 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14674 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14675 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14676 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14677 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14678 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14679 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14680 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14681 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14682 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14683 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14684 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14685 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14686 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14687 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14688 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14689 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14690 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14691 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14692 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14694 Moving within a node:
14695 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14696 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14697 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14698 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14699 move up to the parent node.
14700 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14701 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14703 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14706 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14707 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14708 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14709 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14710 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14711 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14712 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14713 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14714 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14715 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14716 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14717 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14718 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14719 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14720 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14721 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14724 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14726 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
14727 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14728 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14729 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14730 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14731 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14733 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
14734 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14736 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
14737 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14739 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14740 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14741 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14742 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14746 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
14747 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14748 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14752 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
14753 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14754 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14756 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14760 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14761 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14762 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
14763 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14765 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
14766 Throw away all cached data.
14767 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14768 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14772 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
14774 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
14775 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14776 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14777 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14778 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14779 one found at point.
14781 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14783 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14784 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
14786 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
14787 Display the documentation of a file.
14788 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14789 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14790 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14791 The default file name is the one found at point.
14793 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14795 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14797 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
14798 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14800 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14802 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
14803 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14805 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14809 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14810 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19278 4517))
14811 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14813 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
14814 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14816 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
14818 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
14819 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14820 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14824 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
14825 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14826 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14828 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14829 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14836 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14837 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19278 4517))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14840 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
14841 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14843 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
14845 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
14846 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14848 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
14850 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
14851 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14852 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14853 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14855 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14856 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14857 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14859 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14860 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14861 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14862 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14866 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
14867 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14868 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14872 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
14873 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14874 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14875 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14876 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14882 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14883 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14884 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
14885 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14887 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14888 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14892 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14893 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14897 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
14900 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
14904 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19278
14906 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14908 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
14909 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14910 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14911 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14912 accessed via isearchb.
14918 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14919 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14920 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14921 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19278 4524))
14922 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14924 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
14925 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14926 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14927 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14930 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14932 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
14933 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14934 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14935 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14940 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
14941 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14942 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14943 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14946 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14948 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14949 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14950 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14951 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14954 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14956 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14957 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14958 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14959 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14960 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14962 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14964 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
14965 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14966 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14967 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14968 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14970 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14972 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
14973 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
14974 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14975 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
14976 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14978 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14980 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
14981 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14982 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14983 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14985 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14987 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14988 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14989 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14994 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
14995 Warn that format is read-only.
14997 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
14999 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15000 Warn that format is write-only.
15002 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15004 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15005 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15012 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
15013 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15014 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15015 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15016 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15020 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15021 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15022 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15023 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15024 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19279 36174))
15025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15026 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15028 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15029 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15030 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15031 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15032 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15034 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15035 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15037 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15038 Key map for ispell menu.")
15040 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15041 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15042 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15043 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15045 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15047 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15049 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15051 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15053 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15054 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15055 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15056 Valid forms include:
15057 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15058 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15059 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15060 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15062 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15063 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15064 First list is used raw.
15065 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15067 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15068 for skipping in latex mode.")
15070 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15071 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15072 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15073 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15074 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15075 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15076 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15078 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15079 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15080 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15081 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15083 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15084 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15085 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15086 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15087 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15089 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15090 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15092 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15093 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15095 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15096 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15098 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15099 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15102 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15103 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15104 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15105 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15106 quit spell session exited.
15108 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15110 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15111 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15112 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15114 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15116 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15117 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15121 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15122 SPC: Accept word this time.
15123 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15124 `a': Accept word for this session.
15125 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15126 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15127 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15128 `?': Show these commands.
15129 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15130 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15131 the aborted check to be completed later.
15132 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15133 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15134 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15135 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15136 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15137 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15138 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15142 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15143 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15144 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15146 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15148 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15149 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15150 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15151 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15153 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15155 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15157 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15158 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15159 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15160 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15162 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15164 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15165 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15169 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15170 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15174 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15175 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15179 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15180 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15181 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15182 sequence inside of a word.
15184 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15186 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15188 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15189 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15193 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15194 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15195 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15196 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15198 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15199 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15200 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15201 available on the net.
15205 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15206 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15207 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15208 otherwise turn it off.
15210 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15211 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15213 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15214 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15218 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15219 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15220 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15221 Don't check included messages.
15223 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15224 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15225 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15227 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15228 in your .emacs file:
15229 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15230 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15231 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15232 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15234 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15235 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15236 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15242 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19278
15244 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15246 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15247 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15248 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15251 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15253 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15255 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15256 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15257 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15258 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15259 `iswitchb' for details.
15261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15265 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15266 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15267 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15268 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19278 4524))
15269 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15271 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15276 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15277 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15280 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15281 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15282 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15283 necessary to represent OBJ.
15285 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
15287 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
15288 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15289 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15290 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15292 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15294 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
15295 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15296 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15297 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15298 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15300 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
15302 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
15303 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15304 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15305 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15307 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15309 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
15310 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15311 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15312 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15314 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
15316 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
15317 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15319 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15321 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15322 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15323 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15324 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15325 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15327 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
15329 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15330 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15331 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15332 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15333 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15335 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
15337 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
15338 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15339 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15341 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
15345 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15346 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19289 53536))
15347 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15349 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
15350 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15351 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15352 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15354 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
15357 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
15359 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
15360 Uninstall jka-compr.
15361 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15362 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15363 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15369 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19278 4528))
15370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15372 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
15373 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15381 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
15385 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15386 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15387 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
15388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15390 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
15391 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15392 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15393 decimal key must be specified.")
15395 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15397 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
15398 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15399 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15400 decimal key must be specified.")
15402 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15404 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
15405 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15406 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15407 decimal key must be specified.")
15409 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15411 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
15412 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15413 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15414 decimal key must be specified.")
15416 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15418 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
15419 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15420 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15421 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15422 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15426 -------------------------------------------------------------
15427 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15428 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15429 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15430 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15431 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15432 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15433 in the global and local keymaps.
15435 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15436 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15438 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
15442 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15443 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
15444 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15446 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
15447 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15448 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15450 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15451 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15452 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15453 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15456 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15457 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15458 the context of text formatting.
15460 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
15464 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19278
15466 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15468 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
15469 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15470 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15471 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15472 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15473 positions that contains the current selection.")
15475 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
15476 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15477 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15478 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15479 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15480 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15481 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15487 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15488 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15489 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15490 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19278 4517))
15491 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15492 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
15493 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
15494 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
15495 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15496 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15497 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15498 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15500 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15501 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15503 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15505 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15506 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15507 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15508 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15509 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15511 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15513 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15514 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15515 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15517 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15518 defining the macro.
15520 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15521 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15522 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15524 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15525 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15529 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15530 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15531 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15532 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15533 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15536 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15537 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15538 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15542 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15543 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15544 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15546 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15547 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15548 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15549 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15551 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15552 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15554 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15556 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15557 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15558 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15560 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15563 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15564 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15566 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15567 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15568 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15570 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15571 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15575 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15576 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15577 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15578 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15580 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15582 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15583 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15584 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15585 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15587 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15588 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15590 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15592 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15593 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15594 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15596 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15600 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15601 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19278 4524))
15602 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15604 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15605 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15606 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15608 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15615 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15616 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
15617 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15619 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15621 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15622 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15626 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15628 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15629 Start or resume an Lm game.
15630 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15631 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15633 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15634 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15635 none / 1 | yes | no
15640 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15641 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15642 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15648 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15649 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15650 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19278 4524))
15651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15653 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15656 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15658 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15659 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15660 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15661 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15662 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15663 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15665 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15666 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15668 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15670 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15671 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15673 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15675 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15678 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15680 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15683 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15687 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15688 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15689 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19278 4524))
15690 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15692 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15693 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15694 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15695 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15697 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15699 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15700 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15701 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15703 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15705 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15706 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15707 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15711 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15712 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15713 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15714 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15716 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15720 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15721 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19278 4524))
15722 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15724 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15725 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15726 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15727 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15728 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15729 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15730 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15731 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15733 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15734 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15737 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15739 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15741 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15742 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15743 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15744 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15745 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15746 `latin1-display-setup'.
15748 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15750 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15751 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15752 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15753 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15756 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15758 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15762 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15763 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
15764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15766 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15768 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("ld\\.?script\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
15770 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
15772 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15773 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15779 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15780 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
15781 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15783 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15784 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15786 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15787 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15789 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15790 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15792 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15793 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15794 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15795 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15796 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15797 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15798 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15799 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15800 and transmit saved text.
15803 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15804 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15808 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15815 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19278 4527))
15816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15818 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15819 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15820 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15821 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15822 generations (this defaults to 1).
15824 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15828 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15829 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19278 4517))
15830 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15832 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15833 Format used to display line numbers.
15834 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15835 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15836 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15837 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15839 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15841 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15842 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15846 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15847 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15848 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15851 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15853 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15855 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15856 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15857 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15859 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15860 `linum-on' would do it.
15861 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15867 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19278
15869 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15871 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15872 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15873 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15874 is nil, raise an error.
15876 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15877 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15878 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15879 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15880 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15881 defined by the library.
15883 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15884 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15885 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15886 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15887 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15890 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15891 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15892 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15893 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15895 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15899 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15900 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19278 4517))
15901 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15903 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15904 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15905 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15907 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15909 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15910 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15911 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15912 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15914 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15915 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15916 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15917 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15918 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15919 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15922 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15923 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15925 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15926 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15928 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
15930 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15932 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15933 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15934 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15935 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15936 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15937 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15938 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15939 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15940 to constrain a big search.
15942 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15944 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15945 except that FILTER is not optional.
15947 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15951 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (19297 48769))
15952 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15954 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15955 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15956 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15957 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15958 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15959 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15960 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15961 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15963 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15964 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15965 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15966 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15967 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15969 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15970 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15971 uses the current buffer.
15973 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15977 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (19280
15979 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15981 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
15982 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15988 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19278
15990 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15992 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
15993 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15994 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15995 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15996 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15998 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15999 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16000 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16002 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16003 are indicated with a symbol.
16005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16009 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16010 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19278
16012 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16014 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16016 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16018 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16019 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16020 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16022 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16023 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16025 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16026 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16027 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16028 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16029 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16030 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16031 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16033 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16035 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16036 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16037 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16038 switch on this list.
16039 See `lpr-command'.")
16041 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16043 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16044 Name of program for printing a file.
16046 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16047 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16048 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16049 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16050 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16051 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16054 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16056 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16057 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16058 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16059 for customization of the printer command.
16063 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16064 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16066 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16067 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16068 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16069 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16071 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16072 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16074 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16075 for further customization of the printer command.
16079 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16080 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16081 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16082 for customization of the printer command.
16084 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16086 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16087 Paginate and print the region contents.
16089 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16090 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16091 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16092 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16094 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16095 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16097 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16098 for further customization of the printer command.
16100 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16104 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16105 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
16106 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16108 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16109 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16110 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16112 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16116 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19278
16118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16120 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16121 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16122 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16123 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16127 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16131 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19278
16133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16135 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16136 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16143 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16144 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
16145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16147 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16148 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16149 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16150 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16151 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16153 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16158 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19278 4517))
16159 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16161 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16162 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16163 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16164 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16165 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16167 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16169 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16170 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16171 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16172 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16174 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16175 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16176 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16177 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16180 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16181 use this command, and then save the file.
16183 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16185 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16186 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16187 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16188 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16189 each time the macro executes.
16190 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16191 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16192 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16193 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16194 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16195 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16196 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16200 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16201 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16202 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16203 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16205 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16206 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16207 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16210 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16211 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16213 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16214 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16215 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16216 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16217 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16219 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16222 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16223 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16224 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16226 You could enter the names in this format:
16232 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16235 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16238 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16239 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16241 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16242 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16246 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16247 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19278 4525))
16248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16250 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16251 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16252 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16253 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16254 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16255 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16257 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16258 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16259 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16260 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16261 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16263 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16264 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16265 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16268 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16270 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16271 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16273 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16277 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16278 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16279 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
16280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16282 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16283 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16287 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16292 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16293 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16295 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16297 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16298 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16299 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16302 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16308 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16309 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16310 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16311 ;;;;;; (19291 28516))
16312 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16314 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16315 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16316 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16317 often correct parser.")
16319 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16321 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16322 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16324 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16326 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16327 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16328 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16329 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16331 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16333 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16334 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16335 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16336 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16338 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16340 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16341 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16342 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16343 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16345 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16347 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16348 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16349 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16350 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16351 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16352 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16353 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16356 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16358 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16359 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16360 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16361 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16362 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16363 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16364 matches may be returned from the message body.
16366 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16370 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16371 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19278
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16375 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16376 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16377 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16380 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16382 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16384 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16385 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16389 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16390 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16394 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16395 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16396 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16398 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16400 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16401 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16402 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16404 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16405 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16406 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16409 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16413 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16414 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19278
16416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16418 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16419 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16420 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16422 If `parens', they look like:
16423 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16424 If `angles', they look like:
16425 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16427 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16429 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16430 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16431 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16432 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16433 their `Resent-' variants.
16435 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16436 removed from alias expansions.
16438 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16440 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16441 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16442 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16444 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16445 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16446 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16447 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16449 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16451 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16452 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16453 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16454 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16460 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16461 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
16462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16464 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16465 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16466 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16467 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16473 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16474 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16475 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19278 4528))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16478 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16479 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16481 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16482 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16483 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16484 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16485 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16486 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16488 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16489 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16490 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16491 dependency, despite the colon.
16493 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16495 In the browser, use the following keys:
16497 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16499 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16501 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16502 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16504 `makefile-target-colon':
16505 The string that gets appended to all target names
16506 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16507 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16509 `makefile-macro-assign':
16510 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16511 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16512 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16513 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16514 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16515 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16517 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16518 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16519 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16521 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16522 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16524 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16525 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16526 up or down in the browser.
16528 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16529 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16531 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16532 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16534 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16535 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16536 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16537 has been selected in the browser.
16539 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16540 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16541 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16542 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16543 filenames are omitted.
16545 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16546 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16547 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16548 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16549 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16550 the backslash itself intact.
16551 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16552 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16554 `makefile-browser-hook':
16555 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16556 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16558 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16559 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16560 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16561 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16565 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16566 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16570 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16571 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16575 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16576 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16580 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16581 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16585 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16586 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16592 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19278
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16596 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16597 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16598 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16604 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (19278 4517))
16605 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16607 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16609 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16610 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16611 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16612 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16613 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16614 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16615 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16616 page, it will display immediately.
16618 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16619 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16620 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16625 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16626 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16627 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16628 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16632 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16633 otherwise look like a page name.
16638 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16639 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16640 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16644 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16646 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16647 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16649 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16653 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19278 4517))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16656 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16657 Toggle Master mode.
16658 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16659 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16660 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16662 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16663 following commands:
16665 \\{master-mode-map}
16667 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16668 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16669 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16676 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16679 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16680 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16681 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16682 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16683 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16684 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16686 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16688 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16689 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16690 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16691 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16692 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16694 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16695 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16701 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16702 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16703 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16704 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16705 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16706 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16707 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19283 41278))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16710 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16712 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16713 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16714 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16715 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16716 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16717 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16718 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16719 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16720 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16721 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16722 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16723 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16724 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16725 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16726 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16727 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16728 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16729 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16730 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16731 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16732 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16733 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16734 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16735 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16736 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16737 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16738 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16739 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16740 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16741 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16742 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16743 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16744 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16745 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16746 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16747 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16748 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16749 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16753 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16754 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16755 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16756 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16757 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16759 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16761 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16762 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16764 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16766 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16767 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16769 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16771 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16772 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16774 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16776 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16777 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16778 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16780 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16782 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16783 Cancel an article you posted.
16784 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16788 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16789 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16790 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16791 header line with the old Message-ID.
16795 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16796 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16800 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16801 Forward the current message via mail.
16802 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16803 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16805 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16807 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16810 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16812 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16815 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16817 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16818 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16822 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16823 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16825 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16827 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16828 Re-mail the current message.
16829 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16830 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16835 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16836 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16838 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16840 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16841 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16843 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16845 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16846 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16848 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16850 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16851 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16853 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16855 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16856 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16857 Works by overstriking characters.
16858 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16859 which specify the range to operate on.
16861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16863 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16864 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16865 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16866 which specify the range to operate on.
16868 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16872 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16873 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
16874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16876 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16877 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16881 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16882 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16886 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16887 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16891 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16892 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16898 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16899 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16900 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16903 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16904 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16905 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16909 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16910 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16911 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16912 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16913 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16914 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16915 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16917 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16919 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16920 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16921 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16922 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16923 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16925 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16926 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16928 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16930 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16931 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16932 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16933 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16934 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16936 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16937 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16939 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16943 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16944 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16945 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19278 4525))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16948 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16949 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16950 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16954 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16955 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16956 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16960 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16961 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16963 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16964 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16965 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16967 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16968 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16970 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
16971 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
16973 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16975 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
16977 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
16978 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16979 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
16980 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
16981 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
16984 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16985 initial Subject field, respectively.
16987 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
16988 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
16991 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
16994 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16996 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
16997 Save draft and send message.
16999 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17000 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17001 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17004 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17005 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17006 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17008 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17009 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17010 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17011 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17012 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17013 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17015 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17016 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17018 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17019 message and scan line.
17021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17023 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17024 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17026 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17027 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17028 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17029 delete the draft message.
17035 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19278 4525))
17036 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17038 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17040 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17042 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17044 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17045 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17051 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17052 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19278 4525))
17053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17055 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17056 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17057 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17059 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17060 the MH mail system.
17062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17064 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17065 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17066 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17068 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17069 the MH mail system.
17071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17073 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17074 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17076 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17077 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17078 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17081 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17082 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17083 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17086 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17090 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17091 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17092 can be used in several ways.
17094 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17095 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17096 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17097 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17101 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17102 The range must be nonempty.
17107 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17108 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17115 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17118 All of the messages.
17120 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17121 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17123 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17124 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17125 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17127 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17133 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17134 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19278 4517))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17137 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17138 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17139 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17140 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17141 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17142 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17143 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17144 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17145 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17146 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17147 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17151 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17152 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17153 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17154 to its second argument TM.
17156 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17160 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17161 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19278 4517))
17162 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17164 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17165 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17166 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17169 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17171 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17173 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17174 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17175 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17176 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17177 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17178 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17179 default indication.
17181 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17182 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17188 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19278 4517))
17189 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17191 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17192 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17193 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17194 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17195 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17196 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17197 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17198 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17199 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17205 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17206 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17207 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19278 4517))
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17209 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17211 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17212 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17214 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17215 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17216 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17219 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17220 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17221 end of the search space).
17223 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17224 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17225 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17226 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17227 should return the previous buffer to search.
17229 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17230 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17231 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17233 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17234 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17235 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17238 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17239 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17240 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17242 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17243 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17244 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17248 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17249 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17250 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17251 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17252 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17253 whose names match the specified regexp.
17255 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17257 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17258 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17259 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17260 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17261 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17262 whose names match the specified regexp.
17264 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17266 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17267 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17268 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17269 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17270 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17271 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17272 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17274 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17276 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17277 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17278 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17279 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17280 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17281 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17282 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17284 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17288 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17289 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
17290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17292 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17293 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
17302 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17303 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19278 4523))
17304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17306 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17307 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17309 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17311 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17312 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17313 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17314 the entire message.
17315 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17317 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17321 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17322 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
17323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17325 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17326 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17327 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17328 the entire message.
17329 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17331 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17335 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17336 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19278 4523))
17337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17339 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17340 Insert file contents of URL.
17341 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17345 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17346 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17348 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17352 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17353 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19278 4523))
17354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17356 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17357 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17358 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17359 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17360 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17362 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17364 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17365 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17366 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17368 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17372 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17373 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
17374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17376 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17379 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17381 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17384 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17388 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17389 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17390 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19278 4523))
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17393 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17396 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17398 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17401 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17403 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17406 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17408 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17411 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17413 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17416 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17418 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17421 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17423 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17430 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17431 ;;;;;; (19259 35426))
17432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17434 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
17435 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17436 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17437 followed by the first character of the construct.
17439 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17440 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17441 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17442 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17443 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17444 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17445 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17446 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17447 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17448 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17449 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17450 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17451 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17454 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17455 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17456 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17462 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17463 ;;;;;; (19278 4527))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17466 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17467 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17469 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17471 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17472 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17474 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17478 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17479 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19278 4517))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17482 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17483 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17485 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17486 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17487 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17489 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17490 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17491 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17493 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17494 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17496 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17497 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17498 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17499 hemisphere you're in.)
17501 To test this function, evaluate:
17502 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17504 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17506 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17507 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17509 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17510 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17512 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17513 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17514 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17516 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17517 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17519 To test this function, evaluate:
17520 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17522 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17526 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19278
17528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17530 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17531 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17532 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17535 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17537 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17539 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17540 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17541 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17542 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17544 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17546 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17548 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17550 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17551 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17552 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17553 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17554 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17555 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17557 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17558 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17559 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17560 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17561 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17563 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17564 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17566 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17567 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17569 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17571 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17572 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17573 primary selection and region.
17575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17579 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19278 4517))
17580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17582 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17583 Main entry point for MPC.
17589 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19278 4527))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17592 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17593 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17599 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19278 4517))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17602 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17603 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17604 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17607 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17609 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17611 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17613 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17614 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17615 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17621 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17622 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17623 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17624 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17625 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17626 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
17627 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17629 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17630 Display a list of all character sets.
17632 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17633 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17634 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17635 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17636 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17638 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17639 but still shows the full information.
17643 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17644 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17645 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17647 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17648 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17649 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17650 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17651 meanings of these arguments.
17653 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17655 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17656 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17658 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17660 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17661 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17663 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17665 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17666 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17668 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17670 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17671 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17673 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17674 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17676 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17677 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17678 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17679 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17680 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17681 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17682 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17683 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17684 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17685 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17686 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17687 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17688 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17689 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17690 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17691 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17695 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17696 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17700 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17701 Display a list of all coding systems.
17702 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17704 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17705 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17709 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17710 Display a list of all coding categories.
17714 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17715 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17716 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17718 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17721 Display information about FONTSET.
17722 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17724 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17726 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17727 Display a list of all fontsets.
17728 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17729 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17730 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17734 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17735 Display information about all input methods.
17739 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17740 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17742 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17743 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17744 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17745 system which uses fontsets).
17749 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17750 Show log of font listing and opening.
17751 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17752 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17754 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17758 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17759 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17760 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17761 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17762 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17763 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19278 4524))
17764 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17766 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17767 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17768 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17770 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17772 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17774 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17775 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17777 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17778 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17780 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17781 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17783 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17785 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17786 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17787 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17788 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17789 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17790 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17791 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17793 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17794 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17795 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17796 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17797 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17798 middle of a character in STR.
17800 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17801 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17803 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17804 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17805 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17806 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17807 defaults to \"...\".
17809 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17811 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17812 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17814 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17815 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17816 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17818 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17819 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17820 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17822 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17823 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17824 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17826 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17827 longer than KEYSEQ.
17828 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17830 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17832 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17833 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17834 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17835 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17836 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17837 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17838 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17839 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17840 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17841 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17842 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17844 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17846 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17847 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17849 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17851 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17852 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17854 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17856 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17857 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17859 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17861 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17862 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17864 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17866 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17867 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17868 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17869 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17870 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17872 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17874 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17875 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17876 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17877 coding systems ordered by priority.
17879 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17881 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17882 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17883 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17884 language environment LANG-ENV.
17886 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17888 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17889 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17890 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17891 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17892 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17893 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17895 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17899 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17900 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17901 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17902 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19278
17904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17906 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17907 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17911 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17912 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17916 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17917 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17921 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17922 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17926 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17927 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17931 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17932 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17934 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17936 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17938 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17939 `ping-program-options'.
17943 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17944 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17948 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17949 Run nslookup program.
17953 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17954 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17958 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17963 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17968 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17969 Finger USER on HOST.
17971 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17973 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
17974 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17975 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17976 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17978 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17980 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
17985 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
17986 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17988 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17990 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
17991 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17993 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17997 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17998 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
17999 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18000 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18001 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18002 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19278 4517))
18003 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18005 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18007 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18009 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18011 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18013 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18014 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18015 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18016 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18017 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18018 Major modes should set this variable.")
18020 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18021 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18022 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18023 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18024 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18025 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18027 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18028 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18030 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18031 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18032 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18034 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18035 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18036 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18037 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18038 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18040 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18041 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18042 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18044 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18045 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18046 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18047 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18049 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18050 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18051 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18052 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18053 column indentation or nil.
18054 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18056 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18057 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18058 The function has no args.
18060 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18061 comments always start in column zero.")
18063 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18064 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18065 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18067 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18069 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18070 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18071 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18072 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18074 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18075 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18077 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18079 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18080 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18081 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18082 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18083 customize this variable.
18085 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18086 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18088 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18090 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18091 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18092 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18093 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18094 the variables are properly set.
18096 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18098 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18099 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18103 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18104 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18105 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18107 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18109 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18110 Set the comment column based on point.
18111 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18112 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18113 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18114 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18118 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18119 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18120 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18124 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18125 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18126 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18129 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18131 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18132 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18133 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18134 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18135 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18137 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18138 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18139 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18141 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18142 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18143 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18144 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18145 changed with `comment-style'.
18147 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18149 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18150 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18151 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18152 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18154 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18156 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18157 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18158 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18159 is passed on to the respective function.
18161 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18163 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18164 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18165 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18166 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18167 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18168 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18169 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18170 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18171 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18172 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18176 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18177 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18178 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18180 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18182 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18183 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18184 This indents the body of the continued comment
18185 under the previous comment line.
18187 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18188 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18189 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18191 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18192 or comment indentation.
18194 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18195 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18197 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18202 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19278 4525))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18205 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18206 Check whether newsticker is running.
18207 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18208 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18212 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18213 Start the newsticker.
18214 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18215 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18216 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18217 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18219 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18223 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18224 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
18225 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18227 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18228 Start newsticker plainview.
18234 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18235 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18238 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18239 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18245 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18246 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19278 4525))
18247 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18249 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18250 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18251 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18252 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18257 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18258 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18259 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18266 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18267 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18270 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18271 Start newsticker treeview.
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18278 ;;;;;; (19279 36173))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18281 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18282 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18284 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18288 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19278
18290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18292 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18293 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18294 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18295 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18296 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18297 symbol in the alist.
18299 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18303 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18304 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
18305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18307 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18308 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18309 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18316 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18319 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
18320 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18321 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18328 ;;;;;; (19279 36173))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18331 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18332 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18334 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18338 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18339 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (19278 4523))
18340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18342 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
18343 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18347 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
18348 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18352 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
18353 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18360 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19278 4517))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18363 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18364 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18365 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18367 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18369 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18372 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18374 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18375 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18376 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18377 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18378 to future sessions.
18380 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18382 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18383 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18384 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18385 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18386 to future sessions.
18388 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18392 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18393 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
18394 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18396 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18397 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18399 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18400 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18401 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18407 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18408 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
18409 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18411 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18412 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18413 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18414 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18416 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18420 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19282
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18424 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18425 Major mode for editing XML.
18427 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18428 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18429 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18430 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18431 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18432 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18433 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18435 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18437 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18438 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18440 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18441 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18442 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18443 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18446 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18447 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18448 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18449 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18450 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18451 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18453 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18454 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18455 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18457 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18458 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18459 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18461 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18462 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18463 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18464 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18465 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18466 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18467 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18468 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18469 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18471 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18473 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18474 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18478 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18482 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18483 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19278 4526))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18486 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18487 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18488 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18489 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18495 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18496 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
18497 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18499 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18500 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18501 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18503 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18505 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18506 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18508 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18509 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18510 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18514 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18518 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18519 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
18520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18522 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18523 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18525 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18526 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18527 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18528 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18530 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18531 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18532 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18533 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18534 is why you need this mode!).
18536 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18537 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18538 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18540 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18545 \\{octave-mode-map}
18547 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18548 ==============================================
18550 `octave-auto-indent'
18551 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18554 `octave-auto-newline'
18555 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18558 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18559 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18560 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18562 `octave-block-offset'
18563 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18566 `octave-continuation-offset'
18567 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18570 `octave-continuation-string'
18571 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18572 Default is a backslash.
18574 `octave-send-echo-input'
18575 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18576 command to the inferior Octave process.
18578 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18579 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18580 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18582 `octave-send-echo-input'
18583 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18585 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18587 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18588 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18590 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18592 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18593 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18595 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18598 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18600 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18601 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18602 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18603 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18609 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18610 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-iswitchb
18611 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18612 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18613 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18614 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (19278 4526))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18617 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18618 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18619 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18621 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18622 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18623 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18624 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18625 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18626 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18627 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18628 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18629 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18630 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18632 The following commands are available:
18638 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18640 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18641 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18642 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18643 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18647 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18648 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
18649 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
18650 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
18651 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
18654 M-up Move entry/item up
18655 M-down Move entry/item down
18658 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18659 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18660 M-S-left Promote subtree
18661 M-S-right Demote subtree
18662 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18664 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18665 TAB Cycle item visibility
18666 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18667 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18668 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18672 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18673 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18677 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18678 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18682 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18683 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18684 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18685 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18688 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18690 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18691 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18692 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18693 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18695 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18696 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18697 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18701 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18702 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18703 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18707 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18708 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18709 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18714 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18715 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18717 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18719 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18720 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18722 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18723 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18724 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18725 returned as a list.
18727 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18728 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18729 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18730 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18731 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18732 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18733 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18734 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18735 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18738 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18739 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18740 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18741 visited by the iteration.
18743 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18745 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18746 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18747 file The current buffer, without restriction
18749 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18750 agenda All agenda files
18751 agenda-with-archives
18752 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18754 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18756 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18757 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18759 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18760 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18761 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18762 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18763 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18764 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18765 function leaves it.
18767 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18768 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18769 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18770 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18771 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18772 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18773 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18774 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18776 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18778 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
18779 Use `org-icompleting-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
18780 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18781 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18785 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-iswitchb)
18787 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18788 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18789 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18790 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18794 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18795 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18797 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18799 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18800 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18801 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18805 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18810 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18811 Reload all org lisp files.
18812 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18814 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18816 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18817 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18823 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18824 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18825 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18826 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18827 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19278 4526))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18830 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18831 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18832 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18833 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18835 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18836 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18837 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18838 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18839 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18840 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18841 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18842 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18843 e Export views to associated files.
18844 s Search entries for keywords.
18845 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18846 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18847 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18848 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18849 > Remove a previous restriction.
18850 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18851 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18852 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18854 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18855 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18856 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18858 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18859 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18860 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18861 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18864 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18866 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18867 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18868 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18869 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18870 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18871 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18872 before running the agenda command.
18874 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18876 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18877 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18878 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18879 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18880 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18881 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18882 before running the agenda command.
18884 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18885 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18887 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18889 category The category of the item
18890 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18891 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18892 todo selected in TODO match
18893 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18894 diary imported from diary
18895 deadline a deadline on given date
18896 scheduled scheduled on given date
18897 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18898 closed entry was closed on given date
18899 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18900 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18901 block entry has date block including g. date
18902 todo The todo keyword, if any
18903 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18904 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18905 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18906 extra Sting with extra planning info
18907 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18908 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18909 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18911 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18913 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18916 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18918 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18919 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18921 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18923 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18924 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18925 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18926 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18928 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18929 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18930 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18933 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18934 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18935 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18937 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18938 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18940 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18942 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18943 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
18944 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
18945 search only the headlines.
18947 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18948 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18949 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18950 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18953 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
18954 Depending on the variable `org-agenda-search-view-search-words-only'
18955 and on whether the first character in the search string is \"+\" or \"-\",
18956 The string is then interpreted either as a substring with variable amounts
18957 of whitespace, or as a list or individual words that should be matched.
18959 The default is a substring match, where each space in the search string
18960 can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace, including newlines.
18962 If matching individual words, these words are then interpreted as a
18963 boolean expression with logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must
18964 not occur in the entry. Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus
18965 must occur in the entry. Matching is case-insensitive and the words
18966 are enclosed by word delimiters.
18968 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
18969 that must or must not match in the entry.
18971 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18972 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18973 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18974 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
18976 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
18977 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18979 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
18981 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
18982 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
18983 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
18984 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
18985 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
18986 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
18990 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
18991 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
18992 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
18994 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
18996 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
18997 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
18998 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
18999 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19000 `org-stuck-projects'.
19001 MATCH is being ignored.
19003 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19005 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19006 Return diary information from org-files.
19007 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19008 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19009 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19010 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19012 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19013 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19014 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19016 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19018 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19019 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19020 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19021 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19023 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19024 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19025 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19027 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19028 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19029 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19030 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19032 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19034 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19036 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19037 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19041 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19042 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19043 So the example above may also be written as
19045 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19047 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19048 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19049 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19051 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19053 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19054 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19056 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19058 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19059 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19060 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19064 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19065 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19066 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19069 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19070 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19072 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19073 for filtering entries out.
19075 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19076 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19078 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19079 (category \"Work\"))
19081 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19082 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19084 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19088 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19089 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19090 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19091 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19093 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19094 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19095 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19099 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19100 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19101 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19107 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19108 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer)
19109 ;;;;;; "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19278 4526))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19112 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19113 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19114 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19118 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19119 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19120 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19121 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19122 command to convert it.
19124 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19126 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19127 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19128 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19129 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19130 cut-and-paste operations.
19131 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19132 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19133 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19134 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19136 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19138 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19139 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19141 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19143 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19144 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19145 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19146 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19147 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19148 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19149 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19150 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19151 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19152 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19153 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19154 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19155 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19156 publishing directory.
19158 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19278
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19166 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19167 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19168 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19174 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19175 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19178 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19179 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19185 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19186 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19278 4526))
19187 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19189 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19190 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19191 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19192 fontified, and then returned.
19194 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19196 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19197 Set up hooks for clock persistence
19203 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19204 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19205 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19206 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19278 4526))
19207 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19209 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19210 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19211 This function can be used in batch processing.
19216 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19217 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19221 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19222 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19223 No file is created.
19227 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19228 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19229 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19230 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19231 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19232 then use this command to convert it.
19234 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19236 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19237 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19238 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19239 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19240 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19241 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19242 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19243 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19244 could call this function in the following way:
19246 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19248 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19249 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19251 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19253 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19254 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19256 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19258 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19259 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19263 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19264 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19265 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19266 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19267 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19268 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19269 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19270 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19271 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19272 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19273 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19274 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19275 publishing directory.
19277 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19281 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19282 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19283 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19286 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19287 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19288 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19289 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19290 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19292 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19293 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
19294 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19298 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19299 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19300 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19301 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
19302 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
19303 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19304 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19305 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19308 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19310 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19311 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19312 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19313 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19314 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19316 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19317 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19318 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19319 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19321 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19322 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19323 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19325 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19326 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19327 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19330 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19332 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19333 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19339 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19340 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19278
19342 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19344 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19345 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19349 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19350 Get inbox items from FEED.
19351 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19352 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19354 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19356 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19357 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19361 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19362 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19368 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19369 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19278 4526))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19372 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19373 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19374 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19375 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19376 create a new footnote, interactively.
19377 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19379 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19382 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19383 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19384 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19385 Org-mode exporters.
19386 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19387 referenced sequence.
19389 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19393 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19394 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19395 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19396 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19278 4526))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19399 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19402 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19404 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19405 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19407 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19409 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19410 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19412 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19414 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19415 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19417 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19419 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19420 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19422 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19424 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19425 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19427 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19431 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19432 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19433 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19434 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19278 4526))
19435 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19437 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19439 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19441 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19443 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19444 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19445 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19446 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19447 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19451 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19452 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
19454 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19455 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19456 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19460 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19461 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19462 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19466 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19467 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19468 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19469 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19470 command to convert it.
19472 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19474 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19475 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19476 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19477 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19478 cut-and-paste operations.
19479 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19480 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19481 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19482 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19484 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19486 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19487 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19489 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19491 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19492 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19493 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19494 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19495 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19496 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19497 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19498 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19499 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19500 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19501 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19502 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19503 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19504 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19505 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19507 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19509 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19510 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19511 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19512 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19513 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19514 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19515 need into your CSS file.
19517 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19518 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19519 that uses these same face definitions.
19525 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19526 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19527 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19528 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19530 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19531 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19532 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19533 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19537 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19538 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19539 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19540 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19544 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19545 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19546 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19552 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
19553 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
19554 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (19278 4526))
19555 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19557 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19558 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19559 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19560 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19562 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19564 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19565 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19566 Create an ID if necessary.
19570 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19571 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19572 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19573 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19574 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19575 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19576 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19578 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19580 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19581 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19582 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19583 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19585 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19587 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19589 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19590 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19591 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19592 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19594 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19596 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19597 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19598 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19602 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19603 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19604 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19605 if there is no entry with that ID.
19606 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19608 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19610 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19611 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19617 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19618 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19619 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19621 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19622 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19624 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19625 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19626 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19632 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19633 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19636 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19637 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19643 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19644 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19645 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19646 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19649 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19650 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19654 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19655 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19656 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19660 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19661 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19662 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19666 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19667 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19668 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19669 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19670 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19671 then use this command to convert it.
19673 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19675 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19676 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19677 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19678 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19679 cut-and-paste operations.
19680 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19681 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19682 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19683 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19685 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19687 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19688 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19690 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19692 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19693 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19694 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19695 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19696 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19697 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19698 convert them as description lists.
19699 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19700 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19701 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19702 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19703 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19704 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19705 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19706 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19707 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
19708 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
19709 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19711 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19713 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19714 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19716 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19718 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19719 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19725 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19726 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19278
19728 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19730 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19731 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19732 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19733 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19737 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19738 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19739 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19740 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19744 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19745 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19751 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19752 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19755 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19756 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19757 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19758 line directly before or after the table.
19760 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19764 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19765 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19766 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19767 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19769 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19771 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19774 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19776 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19777 Publish all projects.
19778 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19779 directory and force publishing all files.
19781 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19783 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19784 Publish the current file.
19785 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19787 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19789 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19790 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19791 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19794 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19798 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19799 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19800 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19278 4526))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19803 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19804 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19808 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19809 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19810 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19811 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19812 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19816 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19817 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19818 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19819 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19821 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19823 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19824 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19825 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19826 of the remember buffer.
19828 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19829 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19830 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19831 note stored by remember.
19833 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19834 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19836 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19838 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19839 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19840 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19841 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19842 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19844 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19845 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
19846 process is used to select the target location.
19848 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
19849 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19851 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
19852 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19855 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
19856 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
19857 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19859 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19860 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19861 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19862 some additional data.
19864 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19865 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19866 \(i.e. after the stars).
19868 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19874 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19875 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19278 4526))
19876 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19878 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19879 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19883 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19884 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19888 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19889 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19890 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19891 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19892 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19894 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19898 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19899 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19900 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19901 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19903 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19904 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19905 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19906 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19907 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19908 without user interaction.
19909 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19910 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19911 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
19912 the region 0:00:00.
19914 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
19916 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
19917 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
19918 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
19919 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
19920 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
19921 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
19922 that was not started at the correct moment.
19924 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
19926 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
19927 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
19929 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
19931 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
19932 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
19934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19936 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
19939 \(fn MINUTES)" t nil)
19943 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
19944 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
19945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
19947 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
19948 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
19949 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
19951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19955 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19956 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
19957 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19958 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19960 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19961 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19962 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19963 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19965 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19966 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19967 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19968 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19970 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19971 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19972 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19973 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19974 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19975 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19977 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19978 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19979 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19981 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19982 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19983 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19984 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19985 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19986 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19987 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19988 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19989 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19990 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19991 The subheadings remain visible.
19992 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19994 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19995 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19996 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19998 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19999 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20003 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20004 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20005 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20006 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20009 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20013 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19278 4517))
20014 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20016 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20017 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20018 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20021 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20023 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20025 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20026 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20027 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20028 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20030 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20031 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20037 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20038 ;;;;;; (19278 4519))
20039 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20040 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20042 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20043 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20044 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20045 unknown are returned as nil.
20047 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20051 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19278
20053 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20055 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20056 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20057 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20059 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20060 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20062 Other useful functions are:
20064 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20065 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20066 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20067 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20068 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20069 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20070 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20071 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20072 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20074 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20076 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20077 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20078 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20079 Indentation for case statements.
20080 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20081 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20083 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20084 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20085 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20086 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20087 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20088 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20089 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20090 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20091 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20092 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20094 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20095 pascal-separator-keywords.
20097 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20098 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20104 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20105 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
20106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20108 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20109 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20110 The keys affected are:
20111 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20112 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20113 M-Backspace does undo.
20114 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20115 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20116 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20122 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20123 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20126 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20127 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20128 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20131 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20133 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20135 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20136 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20138 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20140 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20141 which modify the status of the mark.
20143 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20144 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20146 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20147 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20149 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20150 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20151 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20152 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20153 turning PC Selection mode on.
20155 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20156 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20158 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20159 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20160 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20162 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20163 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20164 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20166 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20167 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20169 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20170 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20171 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20173 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20174 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20175 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20181 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20182 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20189 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19278
20191 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20193 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20194 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20200 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20201 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19278 4517))
20202 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20204 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20205 Completion for `gzip'.
20209 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20210 Completion for `bzip2'.
20214 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20215 Completion for GNU `make'.
20219 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20220 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20224 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20228 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20229 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19278 4517))
20230 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20232 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20233 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20237 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20238 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20242 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20243 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20249 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19278
20251 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20253 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20254 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20260 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20261 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20262 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19282 9833))
20263 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20265 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20266 Completion for `cd'.
20270 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20272 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20273 Completion for `rmdir'.
20277 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20278 Completion for `rm'.
20282 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20283 Completion for `xargs'.
20287 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20289 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20290 Completion for `which'.
20294 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20295 Completion for the `chown' command.
20299 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20300 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20304 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20305 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20309 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20310 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20311 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20317 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20318 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20319 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19278
20321 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20323 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20324 Support extensible programmable completion.
20325 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20326 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20328 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20331 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20335 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20336 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20337 This will modify the current buffer.
20341 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20342 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20346 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20347 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20348 This will modify the current buffer.
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20353 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20358 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20362 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20363 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20364 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20365 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20366 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20368 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20370 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20371 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20377 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20378 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20379 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (19278 4517))
20380 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20382 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20383 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20384 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20385 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20387 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20389 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20391 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20392 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20393 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20394 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20395 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20396 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20399 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20401 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20402 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20403 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20404 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20405 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20406 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20407 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20408 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20410 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20412 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20413 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20414 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20415 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20416 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20417 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20418 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20421 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20423 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20424 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20425 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20426 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20427 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20428 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20429 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20431 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20433 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20434 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20435 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20437 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20439 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20440 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20441 A value of nil means never do it.
20442 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20443 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20444 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20446 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20448 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20449 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20450 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (19278 4517))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20457 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20461 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20462 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
20463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20464 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20465 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20466 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20467 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20468 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20469 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20471 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20472 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20473 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20474 Tab indents for Perl code.
20475 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20476 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20477 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20479 Variables controlling indentation style:
20480 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20481 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20482 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20483 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20484 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20485 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20486 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20488 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20489 `perl-indent-level'
20490 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20491 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20492 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20493 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20494 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20495 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20496 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20497 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20498 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20499 `perl-brace-offset'
20500 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20501 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20502 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20503 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20504 `perl-label-offset'
20505 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20506 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20507 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20509 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20510 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20511 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20512 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20513 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20514 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20515 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20517 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20523 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20524 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20525 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20526 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19278 4517))
20527 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20529 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20530 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20532 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20534 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20535 passphrase cache or user.
20537 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20539 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20540 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20542 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20545 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20547 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20548 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20550 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20553 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20554 passphrase cache or user.
20556 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20558 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20559 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20561 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20563 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20566 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20567 passphrase cache or user.
20569 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20571 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20572 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20574 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20575 passphrase cache or user.
20577 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20579 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20580 Decrypt the current buffer.
20582 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20585 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20586 passphrase cache or user.
20588 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20590 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20591 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20593 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20594 a detached signature.
20596 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20597 and the output is displayed.
20599 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20600 passphrase cache or user.
20602 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20604 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20605 Sign the current buffer.
20607 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20608 detached signature.
20610 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20613 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20614 and the output is displayed.
20616 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20617 passphrase cache or user.
20619 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20621 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20622 Verify the current region between START and END.
20623 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20624 the detached signature of the current region.
20626 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20627 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20629 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20631 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20632 Verify the current buffer.
20633 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20634 the detached signature of the current region.
20635 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20636 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20637 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20640 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20642 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20643 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20647 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20648 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20652 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20653 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20659 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20660 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
20661 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20663 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20664 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20666 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20670 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20671 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20674 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20675 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20676 \\<picture-mode-map>
20677 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20678 afterwards settable by these commands:
20680 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20681 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20682 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20683 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20685 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20686 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20687 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20688 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20690 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20691 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20692 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20693 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20695 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20696 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20697 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20698 with these commands:
20700 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20701 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20702 Move to column following last
20703 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20704 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20705 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20706 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20707 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20708 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20710 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20712 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20713 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20714 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20715 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20716 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20717 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20719 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20720 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20721 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20722 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20723 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20724 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20725 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20727 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20728 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20729 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20730 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20731 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20732 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20733 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20734 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20736 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20737 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20738 by supplying an argument.
20740 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20742 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20743 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20747 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20751 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20752 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
20753 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20755 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20756 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20757 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20759 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20763 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19278 4527))
20764 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20766 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20767 Play pong and waste time.
20768 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20769 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20771 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20779 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20780 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20781 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20784 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20785 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20786 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20787 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20789 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20791 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20792 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20796 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20797 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20798 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20799 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20800 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20802 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20804 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20805 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20806 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20808 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20810 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20811 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20813 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20815 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20816 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20817 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20818 Ignores leading comment characters.
20822 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20823 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20824 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20825 Ignores leading comment characters.
20831 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20832 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20833 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20834 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20835 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20836 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20837 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20838 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20839 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20840 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20841 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20842 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20843 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20844 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20845 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20846 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20847 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20848 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20849 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
20850 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20852 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20853 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20855 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20857 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20859 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20861 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20862 Preview directory using ghostview.
20864 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20865 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20866 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20867 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20869 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20870 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20871 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20872 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20873 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20876 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20878 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20880 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20881 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20883 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20884 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20885 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20886 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20888 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20889 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20890 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20891 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20892 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20895 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20897 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20899 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20900 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20902 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20903 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20904 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20905 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20907 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20908 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20909 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20910 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20911 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20914 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20916 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20918 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20919 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20921 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20924 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20925 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20926 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20929 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20930 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20931 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20932 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20935 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20937 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20939 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20940 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20942 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20943 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20944 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20946 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20947 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20948 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20949 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20951 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20953 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20954 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20956 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20957 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20958 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20960 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20961 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20962 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20963 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20965 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20967 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20968 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20970 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20971 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20972 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20974 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20975 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20976 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20977 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20979 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20981 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20982 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20984 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20986 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20987 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20988 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20990 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20991 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20992 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20993 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20995 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20997 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20998 Preview region using ghostview.
21000 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21002 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21004 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21005 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21007 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21009 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21011 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21012 Print region using PostScript printer.
21014 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21016 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21018 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21019 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21021 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21023 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21025 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21026 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21028 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21030 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21032 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21033 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21035 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21037 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21039 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21040 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21042 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21046 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21047 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21054 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21055 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21056 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21058 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21061 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21062 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21064 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21066 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21069 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21070 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21071 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21075 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21076 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21077 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21078 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21082 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21083 Print directory using text printer.
21085 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21088 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21089 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21091 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21093 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21095 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21096 Print buffer using text printer.
21100 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21101 Print region using text printer.
21105 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21106 Print major mode using text printer.
21110 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21111 Preview spooled PostScript.
21113 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21114 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21115 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21117 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21118 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21119 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21121 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21124 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21126 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21127 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21128 instead of sending it to the printer.
21130 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21131 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21132 image in a file with that name.
21134 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21137 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21139 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21140 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21141 instead of sending it to the printer.
21143 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21144 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21145 image in a file with that name.
21147 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21149 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21150 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21152 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21153 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21154 instead of sending it to the printer.
21156 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21157 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21158 image in a file with that name.
21160 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21162 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21163 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21165 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21167 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21168 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21170 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21173 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21175 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21177 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21178 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21180 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21182 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21183 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21185 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21187 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21188 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21190 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21191 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21192 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21193 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21195 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21196 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21197 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21198 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21199 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21200 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21203 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21206 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21210 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21211 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21213 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21215 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21220 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21221 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21225 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21226 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21230 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21231 Toggle printing with faces.
21235 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21240 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21245 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21248 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21250 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21255 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21260 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21261 Toggle upside-down.
21265 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21266 Toggle line number.
21270 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21271 Toggle zebra stripes.
21275 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21276 Toggle printing header.
21280 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21281 Toggle printing header frame.
21285 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21290 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21291 Toggle auto region.
21295 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21300 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21301 Customization of the `printing' group.
21303 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21306 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21308 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21310 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21311 Help for the printing package.
21313 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21315 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21316 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21320 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21321 Interactively select a text printer.
21325 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21326 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21330 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21331 Show current ps-print settings.
21333 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21335 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21336 Show current printing settings.
21338 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21340 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21341 Show current lpr settings.
21343 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21345 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21346 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21348 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21349 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21350 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21351 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21354 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21356 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21357 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21358 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21360 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21361 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21362 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21363 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21364 current active printer.
21366 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21367 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21368 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21371 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21372 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21373 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21374 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21375 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21378 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21379 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21381 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21383 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21384 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21385 be done using the new current active printer.
21387 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21388 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21391 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21392 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21393 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21394 instead of sending it to the printer.
21396 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21397 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21400 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21403 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21406 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21408 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21409 Fast fire function for text printing.
21411 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21412 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21413 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21414 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21416 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21417 user for a new active text printer.
21419 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21421 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21423 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21424 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21427 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21429 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21432 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21436 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19278 4517))
21437 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21439 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21440 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21441 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21442 information will be displayed but not selected.
21443 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21445 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21451 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21452 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
21453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21455 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21456 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21457 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21459 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21460 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21461 if that value is non-nil.
21465 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21467 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21468 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21469 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21471 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21475 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19278
21477 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21479 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21480 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21481 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21483 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21487 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19278
21489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21491 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21492 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21494 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21496 The following variables hold user options, and can
21497 be set through the `customize' command:
21499 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21501 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21502 `ps-mode-print-function'
21504 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21508 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21511 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21517 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21518 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21519 The keymap for this second window is:
21521 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21524 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21525 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21526 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21527 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21528 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21534 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21535 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21536 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21537 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21538 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21539 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19278
21541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21543 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21544 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21545 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21547 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21549 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21550 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21551 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21552 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21554 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21556 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21557 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21561 nil Do not print colors.
21565 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21566 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21568 Any other value is treated as t.")
21570 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21572 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21573 Customization of ps-print group.
21577 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21578 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21580 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21581 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21582 sending it to the printer.
21584 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21585 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21586 image in a file with that name.
21588 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21590 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21591 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21592 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21593 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21594 so it has a way to determine color values.
21596 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21598 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21599 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21600 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21602 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21604 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21605 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21606 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21607 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21608 so it has a way to determine color values.
21610 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21612 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21613 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21614 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21615 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21617 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21621 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21622 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21623 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21624 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21625 so it has a way to determine color values.
21627 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21631 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21632 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21633 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21635 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21637 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21639 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21640 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21641 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21642 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21643 so it has a way to determine color values.
21645 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21647 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21649 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21650 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21652 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21653 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21654 instead of sending it to the printer.
21656 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21657 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21658 image in a file with that name.
21660 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21663 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21664 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21665 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21666 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21670 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21671 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21672 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21674 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21676 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21677 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21678 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21680 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21683 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21687 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21688 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21690 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21691 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21693 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21694 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21696 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21698 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21700 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21702 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21703 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21705 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21706 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21708 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21709 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21711 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21713 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21715 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21717 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21718 foreground and background colors respectively.
21720 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21721 bold - use bold font.
21722 italic - use italic font.
21723 underline - put a line under text.
21724 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21725 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21726 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21727 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21728 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21730 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21732 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21736 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21737 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19293 49653))
21738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21740 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21742 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21744 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21746 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21747 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21748 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21749 buffer automatically.
21751 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21752 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21753 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21754 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21755 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21756 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21757 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21759 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21760 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21761 buffer for a list of commands.)
21763 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21765 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21766 Major mode for editing Python files.
21767 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
21768 for correct parsing of the source.
21769 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21770 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21771 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21773 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21774 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21775 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21776 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21777 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21778 \\<python-mode-map>
21779 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21780 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21781 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21782 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21783 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21784 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21786 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21787 effect outside them.
21789 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21790 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21791 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21792 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21793 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21794 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21795 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21796 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21797 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21799 \\{python-mode-map}
21803 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
21804 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21805 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21806 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21810 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
21811 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
21812 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
21813 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
21814 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
21815 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
21817 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
21818 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
21819 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
21820 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
21821 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
21822 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
21823 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
21825 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
21826 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
21827 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
21828 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
21829 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
21831 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
21832 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
21833 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
21834 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
21835 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
21836 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
21837 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
21840 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
21841 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
21842 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
21843 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
21844 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
21845 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
21848 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
21852 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21853 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
21854 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21856 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21857 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21858 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21861 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21862 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21864 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21865 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21866 them into characters should be done separately.
21868 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21872 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21873 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21874 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21875 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21876 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19278 4524))
21877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21879 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21880 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21884 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21885 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21886 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21888 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21889 `quail-activate', which see.
21891 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21893 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21894 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21895 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21896 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21897 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21898 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21899 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21901 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21902 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21903 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21904 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21905 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21907 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21909 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21910 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21911 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21912 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21913 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21914 list of candidates.
21916 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21917 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21918 command to be called.
21920 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21921 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21922 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21923 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21925 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21926 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21927 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21928 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21929 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21932 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21933 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21934 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21935 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21937 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21938 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21939 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21940 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21942 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21943 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21944 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21945 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21946 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21947 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21949 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21950 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21951 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21952 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21953 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21954 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21956 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21957 covers Quail translation region.
21959 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21960 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21961 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21962 for it) is inserted.
21964 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21965 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21966 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21968 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21969 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21970 non-Quail commands.
21972 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21974 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21975 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21977 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21978 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21979 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21980 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21981 you type is correctly handled.
21983 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21985 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21986 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21988 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21991 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21993 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21994 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21995 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21996 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21997 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21998 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21999 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22000 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22001 for the translation.
22002 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22004 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22005 it is used to handle KEY.
22007 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22008 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22009 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22010 the following annotation types are supported.
22012 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22013 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22015 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22018 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22019 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22020 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22023 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22024 generated for the following translations.
22026 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22028 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22029 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22031 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22032 which to install MAP.
22034 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22036 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22038 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22039 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22041 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22042 which to install MAP.
22044 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22046 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22048 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22049 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22050 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22051 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22052 a function, or a cons.
22053 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22054 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22055 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22056 for the translation.
22057 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22058 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22059 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22060 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22061 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22063 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22064 it is used to handle KEY.
22066 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22067 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22068 current Quail package.
22070 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22071 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22073 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22075 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22076 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22078 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22079 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22081 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22083 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22084 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22086 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22088 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22089 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22090 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22091 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22092 of the Emacs source tree.
22094 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22095 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22097 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22098 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22101 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22105 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22106 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22107 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19278
22109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22111 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22112 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22113 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22114 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22116 To make use of this do something like:
22118 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22120 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22122 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22123 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22125 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22126 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22127 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22129 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22131 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22132 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22134 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22136 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22137 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22139 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22142 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22144 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22145 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22147 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22148 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22149 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22151 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22153 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22154 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22156 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22158 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22159 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22163 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22164 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22166 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22168 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22172 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22173 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22179 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22180 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19278 4526))
22181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22183 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22184 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22186 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22188 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22192 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22194 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22197 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22199 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22200 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22201 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22204 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22206 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22208 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22209 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22215 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19278
22217 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22219 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22220 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22223 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22227 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22228 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
22229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22231 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22233 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22234 Construct a regexp interactively.
22240 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19278 4517))
22241 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22243 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22244 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22245 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22247 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22248 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22250 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22252 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22253 Toggle recentf mode.
22254 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22255 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22257 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22258 that were operated on recently.
22260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22264 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22265 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22266 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22267 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19278
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22270 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22271 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22272 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22273 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22274 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22275 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22277 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22278 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22279 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22280 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22282 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22284 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22286 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22287 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22288 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22289 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22292 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22293 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22296 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22298 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22299 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22300 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22302 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22303 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22306 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22308 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22309 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22310 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22312 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22314 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22315 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22317 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22318 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22320 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22323 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22324 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22325 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22326 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22329 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22331 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22332 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22336 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22337 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22338 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22339 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22340 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22341 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22342 and point is at the lower right corner.
22344 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22346 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22347 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22349 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22350 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22352 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22353 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22354 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22356 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22358 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22360 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22361 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22362 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22363 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22364 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22366 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22367 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22369 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22371 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22372 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22373 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22375 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22377 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22379 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22381 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22382 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22384 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22385 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22386 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22388 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22390 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22391 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22392 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22394 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22395 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22396 rectangle which were empty.
22398 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22402 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19278
22404 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22406 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22407 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22408 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22410 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22411 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22412 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22418 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22419 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19278 4529))
22420 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22422 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22423 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22427 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22428 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22430 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22431 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22433 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22434 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22435 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22438 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22439 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22440 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22442 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22443 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22444 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22446 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22447 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22449 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22450 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22452 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22453 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22456 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22460 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22461 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22462 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22468 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22469 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
22470 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22472 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22473 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22474 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22475 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22476 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22477 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22479 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22481 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22483 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22484 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22485 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22486 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22487 `reftex-cite-format'.
22489 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22490 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22491 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22492 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22494 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22498 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22499 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
22500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22502 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22503 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22504 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22505 the current TeX document.
22507 With no argument, this command toggles
22508 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22509 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22515 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22516 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22519 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22520 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22521 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22523 To insert new phrases, use
22524 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22525 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22527 To index phrases use one of:
22529 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22530 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22531 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22532 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22533 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22535 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22536 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22538 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22540 Here are all local bindings.
22542 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22548 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22549 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
22550 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22552 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22553 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22554 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22557 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19278
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22564 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22565 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22566 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22567 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22571 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22572 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
22573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22575 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22576 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22577 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22578 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22579 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22580 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22582 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22583 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22585 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22588 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22590 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22591 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22592 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22593 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22595 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22599 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22600 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22601 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
22602 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22604 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22605 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22606 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22607 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22609 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22611 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22613 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22614 Call `remember' in another frame.
22616 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22618 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22619 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22620 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22625 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22626 Extract diary entries from the region.
22632 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19278 4517))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22635 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22636 Repeat most recently executed command.
22637 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22638 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22639 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22641 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22642 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22643 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22644 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22646 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22647 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22648 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22650 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22654 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22655 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
22656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22658 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22659 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22661 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22662 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22663 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22664 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22665 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22666 and point is left after the salutation.
22668 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22669 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22670 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22671 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22672 left after that text.
22674 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22677 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22678 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22679 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22680 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22682 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22686 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22687 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
22688 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22690 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22691 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22692 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22693 visibility of comments that precede it.
22694 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22695 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22696 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22697 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22698 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22699 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22700 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22701 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22703 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22704 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22705 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22706 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22707 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22713 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22714 ;;;;;; (19278 4517))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22717 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22718 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22719 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22721 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22722 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22723 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22727 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22728 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22729 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22732 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22734 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22736 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22737 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22738 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22740 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22741 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22742 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22748 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22749 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22752 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22753 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22757 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22758 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22760 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22764 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19278 4526))
22765 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22766 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
22768 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22769 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22770 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22771 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22773 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22775 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22776 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22777 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22778 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22780 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22781 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22783 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22784 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22786 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22787 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22790 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22791 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22792 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22793 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22794 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22796 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22797 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22798 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22799 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22801 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22802 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22805 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22809 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22810 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22811 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22812 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22813 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
22814 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19291
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22818 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22819 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22820 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22822 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22824 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22825 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22826 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22827 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22828 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22829 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22830 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22832 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22833 sent by you under different user names.
22834 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22836 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22838 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22840 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22841 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22842 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
22843 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
22844 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
22846 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
22847 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
22849 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
22851 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
22852 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22853 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
22854 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
22855 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
22856 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
22857 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
22859 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22860 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22861 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22862 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22863 which normally happens once for each message,
22864 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22865 To make a change in this variable take effect
22866 for a message that you have already viewed,
22867 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22869 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22871 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22872 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22873 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22874 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22876 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22878 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
22879 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22881 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22883 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22884 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22885 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22887 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22889 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22890 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22891 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22892 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22893 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22894 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22896 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22898 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22899 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22901 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22903 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22904 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22906 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22908 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22909 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22911 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22912 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22914 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22916 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22917 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22919 This is set to nil by default.")
22921 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22922 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22923 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22924 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22925 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22926 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22927 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22929 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22930 Read and edit incoming mail.
22931 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22932 file in RMAIL Mode.
22933 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22935 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22936 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22937 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22938 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22940 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22942 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22944 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22945 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22946 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22947 Instead, these commands are available:
22949 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22950 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22951 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22952 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22953 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22954 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22955 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22956 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22957 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22958 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22959 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22960 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22961 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22962 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22963 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22964 till a deleted message is found.
22965 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22966 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22967 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22968 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22969 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22970 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22971 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22972 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22973 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22974 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22975 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22976 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22977 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22978 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22979 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22980 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22981 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22982 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22983 (label defaults to last one specified).
22984 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22985 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22986 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22987 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22988 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22989 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22990 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22991 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22992 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22996 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22997 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22999 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23001 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23002 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23004 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23008 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23009 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19278 4525))
23010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23011 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23013 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23014 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23015 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23016 case it writes Babyl.
23018 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23019 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23020 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23021 `rmail-default-file'.
23023 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23024 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23025 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23027 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23028 the header display is currently pruned.
23030 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23031 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23032 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23033 messages after output.
23035 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23036 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23037 message (if writing a file directly).
23039 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23040 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23042 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23044 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23045 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23046 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23047 i) the header is output as currently seen
23048 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23049 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23051 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23052 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23053 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23055 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23057 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23058 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23059 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23060 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23061 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23062 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23063 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23065 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23066 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23067 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23069 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23073 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23074 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
23075 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23077 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23078 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23081 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23085 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23086 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
23087 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23089 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23090 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23091 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23092 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23098 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23099 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
23100 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23102 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23103 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23105 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23106 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23107 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23108 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23109 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23110 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23111 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23112 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23113 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23114 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23116 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23117 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23118 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23119 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23120 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23121 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23122 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23123 to use for finding the schema.
23125 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23129 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19278
23131 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23133 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23135 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23136 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23137 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23138 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23139 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23140 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23141 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23142 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23143 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23144 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23145 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23146 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23147 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23148 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23149 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23150 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23153 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23157 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23158 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19278 4524))
23159 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23161 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23162 Define a robin package.
23164 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23165 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23166 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23167 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23169 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23170 one replaces the old one.
23172 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23174 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23175 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23177 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23178 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23179 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23181 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23183 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23184 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23186 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23190 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23191 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19278 4518))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23194 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23195 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23197 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23199 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23200 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23202 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23204 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23205 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23207 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23209 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23210 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23211 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23213 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23214 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23217 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23221 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23222 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23228 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23229 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
23230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23233 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23234 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23236 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23237 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23238 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23239 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23240 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23242 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23243 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23244 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23245 font-locking of blocks.
23251 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23253 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23254 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23255 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23256 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23258 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23259 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23260 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23266 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23267 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
23268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23270 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23271 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23272 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23273 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23274 nesting into account.
23276 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23284 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23288 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19278
23290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23292 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23293 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23299 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19278
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23303 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23304 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23305 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23306 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23308 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23310 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23311 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23312 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23314 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23315 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23316 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23318 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23322 matches string STRING literally.
23325 matches character CHAR literally.
23327 `not-newline', `nonl'
23328 matches any character except a newline.
23331 matches any character
23336 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23337 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23338 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23340 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23341 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23342 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23343 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23345 `(not (any SET ...))'
23346 matches any character not in SET ...
23348 `line-start', `bol'
23349 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23350 in the text being matched
23353 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23355 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23356 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23357 string being matched against.
23359 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23360 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23361 string being matched against.
23364 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23365 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23368 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23369 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23372 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23374 `word-start', `bow'
23375 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23378 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23381 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23384 `(not word-boundary)'
23385 `not-word-boundary'
23386 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23390 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23393 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23395 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23396 matches 0 through 9.
23399 matches ASCII control characters.
23401 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23402 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23405 matches space and tab only.
23408 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23411 `printing', `print'
23412 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23415 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23416 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23417 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23419 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23420 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23421 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23424 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23427 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23429 `lower', `lower-case'
23430 matches anything lower-case.
23432 `upper', `upper-case'
23433 matches anything upper-case.
23435 `punctuation', `punct'
23436 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23437 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23439 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23440 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23443 matches anything that has word syntax.
23446 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23449 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23450 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23451 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23453 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23454 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23457 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23458 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23459 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23460 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23461 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23463 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23464 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23465 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23466 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23467 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23469 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23470 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23472 `(category CATEGORY)'
23473 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23474 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23476 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23477 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23478 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23479 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23483 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23484 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23485 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23486 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23487 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23488 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23489 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23490 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23491 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23492 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23493 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23494 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23495 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23496 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23505 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23509 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23511 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23516 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23517 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23519 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23520 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23521 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23522 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23523 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23525 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23526 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23527 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23528 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23530 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23531 another name for `submatch'.
23533 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23534 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23535 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23536 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23537 regular expression.
23539 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23540 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23541 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23542 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23543 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23545 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23546 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23548 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23549 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23551 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23553 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23556 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23557 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23560 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23561 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23563 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23565 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23568 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23571 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23573 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23574 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23576 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23579 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23582 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23586 matches N occurrences.
23589 matches N or more occurrences.
23591 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23592 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23593 matches N to M occurrences.
23596 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23599 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23603 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23605 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23609 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23610 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
23611 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23613 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23614 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23615 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23618 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23620 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23621 Toggle savehist-mode.
23622 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23623 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23624 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23625 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23627 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23628 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23629 which is probably undesirable.
23635 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23636 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23639 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23640 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23641 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23643 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23644 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23645 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23646 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23647 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23648 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23649 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23650 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23654 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23655 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23656 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23657 if that value is non-nil.
23661 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23662 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23663 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23666 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23667 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23668 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23669 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23670 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23671 that variable's value is a string.
23677 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23678 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23681 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23682 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23683 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23685 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23692 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23695 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23696 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23697 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23700 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23702 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23704 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23705 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23706 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23707 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23708 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23714 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23715 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23718 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23719 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23720 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23721 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23722 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23729 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23730 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19284 35872))
23731 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23733 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23734 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23735 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23737 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23738 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23739 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23740 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23741 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23742 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23743 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23744 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23745 keybinding for tag names.")
23747 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23749 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23750 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23751 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23754 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23756 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23758 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23759 Toggle Semantic mode.
23760 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23762 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23763 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23764 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23765 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23768 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23774 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23775 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23776 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23777 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23778 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23779 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23780 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23781 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23782 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19283 39841))
23783 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23785 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23786 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23788 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23790 If `parens', they look like:
23791 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23792 If `angles', they look like:
23793 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23795 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23796 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23798 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23800 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23801 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23802 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23803 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23805 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23806 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23807 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23808 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23810 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23812 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23813 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23814 This is done when the message is initialized,
23815 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23817 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23819 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23820 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23821 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23823 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23825 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
23827 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
23828 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23829 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23830 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23831 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23832 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23833 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23835 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23837 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23838 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23840 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23842 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23843 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23844 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23847 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23849 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23850 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23851 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23852 when you first send mail.")
23854 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23856 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23857 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23858 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23859 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23860 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23862 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23864 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23865 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23866 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23867 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23868 This file need not actually exist.")
23870 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23872 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23873 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23875 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23877 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23878 Alist of mail address aliases,
23879 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23880 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23881 can specify a different file name.)
23882 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23883 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23885 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23886 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23887 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23889 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23891 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23892 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23893 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23895 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23897 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23898 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23899 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23900 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23901 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23902 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23903 in the cited portion of the message.
23905 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23906 instead of no action.")
23908 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23910 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|}]\\)+") "\
23911 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23912 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23913 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23914 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23916 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23918 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23919 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23920 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23921 If a string, that string is inserted.
23922 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23923 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23924 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23925 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23927 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23929 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23930 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23932 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23934 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23935 Directory for mail buffers.
23936 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23937 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23939 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23941 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23942 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23943 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23944 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23948 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23949 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
23950 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23951 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23954 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
23956 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
23957 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23958 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23959 `query' means ask the user each time.
23960 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23961 The default is `mime'.
23962 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23963 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23965 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
23967 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23968 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23969 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23971 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23972 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23974 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23975 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23976 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23977 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23978 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23979 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23980 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23981 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23982 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23983 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23984 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23985 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23986 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23990 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23991 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23992 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23993 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23997 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23998 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23999 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24000 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24001 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24002 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24004 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24005 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24006 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24008 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24009 User should not set this variable manually,
24010 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24011 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24012 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24013 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24015 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24016 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24017 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24018 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24020 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24021 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24024 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24026 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24027 to move to message header fields:
24030 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24031 when the message is initialized.
24033 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24034 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24036 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24039 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24040 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24042 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24043 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24044 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24045 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24046 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24047 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24048 buffer without erasing the contents.
24050 The second through fifth arguments,
24051 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24052 the initial contents of those header fields.
24053 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24054 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24055 original message being replied to, or else an action
24056 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24057 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24058 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24059 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24060 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24061 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24063 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24065 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24066 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24068 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24070 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24071 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24073 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24077 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24078 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19278
24080 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24082 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24083 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24084 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24085 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24086 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24087 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24089 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24090 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24092 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24093 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24096 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24098 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24099 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24100 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24101 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24103 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24105 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24106 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24107 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24108 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24109 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24110 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24112 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24114 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24115 Toggle Server mode.
24116 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24117 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24118 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24122 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24123 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24124 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24126 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24127 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24129 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24133 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19278 4518))
24134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24136 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24137 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24138 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24142 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24143 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24144 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24145 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24151 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24152 ;;;;;; (19288 23971))
24153 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24155 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24156 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24158 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24161 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24162 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24163 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24165 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24166 in your `.emacs' file.
24168 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24170 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24171 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24176 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24177 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24178 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24179 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24180 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24181 which this is based.
24183 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24185 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24186 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24187 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24188 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24190 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24191 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24192 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24194 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24195 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24196 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24197 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24199 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24200 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24201 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24202 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24204 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24206 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24207 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24208 To work around that, do:
24209 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24217 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24218 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24220 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24222 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24223 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24224 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24225 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24226 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24227 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24229 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24230 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24231 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24232 shell-specific features.
24234 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24235 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24236 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24238 \\[sh-case] case statement
24239 \\[sh-for] for loop
24240 \\[sh-function] function definition
24241 \\[sh-if] if statement
24242 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24243 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24244 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24245 \\[sh-select] select loop
24246 \\[sh-until] until loop
24247 \\[sh-while] while loop
24249 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24250 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24251 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24252 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24253 would indent to the way it currently is.
24254 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24255 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24258 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24259 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24260 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24261 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24262 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24263 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24265 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24267 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24269 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24270 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24271 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24273 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24274 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24278 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24282 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19278 4518))
24283 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24285 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24286 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24287 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24288 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24289 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24290 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24292 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24296 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24297 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
24298 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24300 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24301 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24303 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24304 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24305 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24307 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24308 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24309 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24310 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24313 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24315 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24317 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24318 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24319 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24321 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24322 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24324 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24325 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24326 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24327 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24328 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24329 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24330 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24333 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24334 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24335 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24336 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24337 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24339 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24340 function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24342 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24346 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24347 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19278
24349 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24351 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24352 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24353 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24354 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24355 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24356 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24357 sites in the cluster.
24361 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24362 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24363 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24364 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24365 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24369 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24370 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24371 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24372 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24373 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24374 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24375 `shadow-define-cluster').
24379 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24380 Set up file shadowing.
24386 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24387 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
24388 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24390 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24391 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24392 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24393 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24394 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24397 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24399 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24400 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24401 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24402 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24403 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24405 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24406 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24407 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24408 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24409 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24410 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24411 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24412 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24413 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24414 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24415 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24417 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24418 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24419 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24420 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24421 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24422 `default-process-coding-system'.
24424 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24425 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24426 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24427 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24429 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24431 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24432 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24436 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24437 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19278 4523))
24438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24440 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24443 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24445 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24448 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24450 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24453 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24457 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24458 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
24459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24461 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24462 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24463 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24464 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24465 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24467 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24473 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19278
24475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24477 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24478 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24479 \\{simula-mode-map}
24480 Variables controlling indentation style:
24481 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24482 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24483 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24484 `simula-indent-level'
24485 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24486 `simula-substatement-offset'
24487 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24488 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24489 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24490 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24491 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24492 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24493 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24494 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24495 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24496 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24497 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24498 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24499 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24500 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24501 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24502 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24503 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24504 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24505 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24506 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24507 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24508 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24509 or nil if they should not be changed.
24510 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24511 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24512 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24513 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24515 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24516 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24522 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24523 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19278 4518))
24524 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24526 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24527 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24529 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24530 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24531 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24532 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24534 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24536 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24538 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24539 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24540 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24541 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24542 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24544 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24545 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24547 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24549 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24550 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24552 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24553 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24554 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24555 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24557 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24558 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24559 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24560 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24562 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24563 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24564 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24566 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24567 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24569 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24570 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24572 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24573 _ interesting point, interregion here
24574 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24575 interesting point set by _
24576 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24577 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24578 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24579 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24580 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24581 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24584 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24585 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24587 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24588 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24589 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24590 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24591 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24592 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24593 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24594 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24596 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24597 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24598 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24599 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24600 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24603 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24604 then: insert previously read string once more
24605 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24606 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24607 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24609 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24610 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24612 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24614 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24615 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24617 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24618 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24619 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24620 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24621 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24624 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24625 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24626 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24632 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24633 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (19278 4518))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24636 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24637 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24638 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24641 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24643 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24644 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24645 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24649 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24650 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24651 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24657 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24658 ;;;;;; (19278 4523))
24659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24661 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24662 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24663 A list of images is returned.
24665 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24667 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24668 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24669 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24671 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24675 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24676 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19278 4525))
24677 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24679 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24684 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24685 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24691 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19278 4527))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24694 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24695 Play the Snake game.
24696 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24698 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24700 Snake mode keybindings:
24702 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24703 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24704 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24705 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24706 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24707 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24708 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24714 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24715 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
24716 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24718 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24719 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24720 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24721 Tab indents for C code.
24722 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24723 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24725 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24730 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24731 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24732 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24733 Tab indents for C code.
24734 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24735 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24737 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24738 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24744 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19278
24746 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24748 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24749 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24750 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24751 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24752 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24754 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24760 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19278
24762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24764 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24767 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24768 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24769 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24770 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24771 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24772 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24773 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24774 check after each move or undo.)
24778 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24779 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24780 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24799 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24800 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24801 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24802 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24804 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24805 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24806 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24809 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24810 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24812 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24828 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24830 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24836 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24837 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24838 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19278 4518))
24839 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24840 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24842 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24843 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24845 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24846 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24847 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24848 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24851 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24852 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24853 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24856 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24857 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24859 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24860 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24861 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24862 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24865 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24866 It should move point to the end of the record.
24868 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24869 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24870 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24871 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24872 starts at the beginning of the record.
24874 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24875 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24878 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24879 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24881 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24883 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24884 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24885 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24886 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24887 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24890 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24892 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24893 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24894 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24895 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24896 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24899 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24901 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24902 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24903 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24904 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24905 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24908 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24909 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24911 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24912 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24913 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24914 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24915 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24916 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24917 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24918 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24919 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24921 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24923 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24924 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24925 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24926 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24927 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24928 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24929 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24932 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24934 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24935 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24936 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24937 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24938 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24939 is to be used for sorting.
24940 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24941 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24942 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24943 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24944 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24946 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24948 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24951 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24952 starting with the letter \"f\",
24953 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24955 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24957 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24958 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24959 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24960 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24961 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24962 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24963 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24966 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24967 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24968 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24969 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24970 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24972 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24974 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
24975 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24976 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24978 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24982 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19278
24984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24986 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
24987 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
24988 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
24989 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
24990 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
24991 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
24993 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
24997 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24998 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24999 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19278 4523))
25000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25002 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25003 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25005 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25006 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25007 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25009 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25011 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25012 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25013 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25016 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25018 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25019 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25020 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25022 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25024 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25025 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25026 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25027 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25032 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25033 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25034 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25035 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25041 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25042 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19278 4518))
25043 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25045 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25047 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25048 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25049 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25050 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25051 supported at a time.
25052 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25053 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25057 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25058 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25059 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25060 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25066 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25067 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19278 4529))
25068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25070 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25072 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25073 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25074 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25075 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25076 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25077 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25081 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25083 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25084 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25085 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25086 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25090 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25092 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25093 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25094 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25095 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25096 for example, \"word\".
25098 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25100 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25102 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25103 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25105 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25107 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25111 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19278
25113 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25115 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25116 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25120 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25121 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25127 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25128 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25129 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25130 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (19278
25132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25134 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25135 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25137 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25138 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25139 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25140 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25141 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25142 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25143 of the current highlighting list.
25147 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25148 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25150 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25151 `_t' as data types.
25153 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25155 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25156 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25158 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25159 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25161 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25163 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25164 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25165 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25167 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25169 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25170 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25171 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25172 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25173 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25174 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25176 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25177 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25179 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25181 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25182 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25183 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25184 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25186 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25187 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25188 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25189 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25191 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25192 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25193 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25197 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25198 Major mode to edit SQL.
25200 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25201 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25202 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25205 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25207 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25208 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25209 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25210 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25211 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25212 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25214 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25215 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25217 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25218 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25219 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25221 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25223 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25227 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25228 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25230 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25231 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25235 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25237 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25238 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25244 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25245 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25246 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25247 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25249 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25250 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25252 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25253 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25254 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25255 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25256 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25257 `default-process-coding-system'.
25259 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25263 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25264 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25266 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25267 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25270 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25271 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25272 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25273 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25275 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25276 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25278 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25279 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25280 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25281 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25282 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25283 `default-process-coding-system'.
25285 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25289 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25290 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25292 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25293 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25296 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25297 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25299 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25300 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25302 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25303 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25304 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25305 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25306 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25307 `default-process-coding-system'.
25309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25313 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25314 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25316 SQLite is free software.
25318 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25319 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25322 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25323 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25324 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25325 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25327 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25328 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25330 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25331 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25332 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25333 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25334 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25335 `default-process-coding-system'.
25337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25341 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25342 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25344 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25346 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25347 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25350 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25351 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25352 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25353 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25355 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25356 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25358 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25359 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25360 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25361 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25362 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25363 `default-process-coding-system'.
25365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25369 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25370 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25372 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25373 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25376 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25377 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25380 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25381 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25383 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25384 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25385 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25386 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25387 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25388 `default-process-coding-system'.
25390 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25394 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25395 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25397 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25398 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25401 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25402 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25404 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25405 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25407 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25408 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25409 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25410 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25411 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25412 `default-process-coding-system'.
25414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25418 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25419 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25421 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25422 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25425 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25426 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25427 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25428 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25430 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25431 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25433 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25434 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25435 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25436 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25437 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25438 `default-process-coding-system'.
25440 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25444 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25445 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25447 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25448 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25451 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25452 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25453 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25454 `sql-postgres-options'.
25456 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25457 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25459 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25460 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25461 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25462 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25463 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25464 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25465 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25466 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25468 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25469 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25471 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25475 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25476 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25478 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25479 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25482 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25483 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25486 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25490 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25494 `default-process-coding-system'.
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25501 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25503 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25504 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25507 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25510 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25511 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25513 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25514 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25515 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25516 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25518 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25519 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25521 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25522 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25523 `default-process-coding-system'.
25525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25529 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25530 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25532 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25533 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25536 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25537 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25538 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25539 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25542 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25543 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25544 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25545 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25548 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25549 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25557 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25558 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
25559 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25561 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25562 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25566 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25570 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25571 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25572 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25573 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25574 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19278
25576 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25578 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25579 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25580 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25581 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25582 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25583 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25585 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25587 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25589 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25590 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25591 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25592 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25593 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25594 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25595 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25597 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25599 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25600 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25601 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25602 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25603 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25604 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25605 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25607 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25609 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25610 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25611 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25613 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25615 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25616 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25617 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25619 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25621 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25622 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25624 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25626 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25627 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25631 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25632 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25636 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25637 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25638 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25639 chronologically by command name.
25640 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25642 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25644 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25645 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25646 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25649 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25651 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25653 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25654 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25655 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25656 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25657 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25658 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25659 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25661 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25662 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25663 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25664 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25666 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25670 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25671 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25672 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25673 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25675 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25677 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25678 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25684 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25685 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19259 35430))
25686 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25688 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25689 Studlify-case the region.
25691 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25693 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25694 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25696 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25698 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25699 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25705 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25706 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
25707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25709 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25710 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
25711 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
25712 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
25713 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
25714 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
25715 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
25716 Here are some examples:
25718 Nomenclature Subwords
25719 ===========================================================
25720 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25721 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25722 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25724 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25725 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25728 \\{subword-mode-map}
25730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25732 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25733 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25734 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25737 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25739 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25741 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25742 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
25743 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
25745 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25746 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25747 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25753 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25754 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
25755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25757 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25758 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25759 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25760 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25761 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25762 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25763 original message but it does require a few things:
25765 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25767 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25770 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25771 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25774 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25776 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25778 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25779 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25780 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25786 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19278
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25790 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25792 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25793 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25794 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25797 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25799 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25801 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25802 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
25803 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
25804 otherwise turn it off.
25806 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25807 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25808 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25814 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19278 4518))
25815 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25817 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25818 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25819 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25820 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25821 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25823 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25826 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25827 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25828 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25829 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25830 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25831 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25833 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25837 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25838 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25839 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25840 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25841 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25842 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25843 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25844 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25845 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25846 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25847 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25848 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25849 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19278 4529))
25850 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25852 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25853 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25854 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25856 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25858 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25859 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25861 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25863 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25864 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25866 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25868 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25869 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25871 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25873 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25874 Insert an editable text table.
25875 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25876 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25877 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25878 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25879 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25880 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25885 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25887 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25892 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25893 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25894 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25895 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25898 +-----+-----+-----+
25900 +-----+-----+-----+
25902 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25904 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25905 width, which results as
25907 +--------------+-----+-----+
25909 +--------------+-----+-----+
25911 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25912 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25914 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25916 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25918 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25919 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25920 width information to `table-insert'.
25922 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25928 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25931 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25932 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25934 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25937 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25939 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25941 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25944 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25947 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25949 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25951 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25954 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25957 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25960 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25961 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25962 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25964 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25967 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25970 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25973 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25975 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25978 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25981 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25982 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25983 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25984 | | |expected results.-!- |
25985 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25988 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25990 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25994 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25996 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
25997 Insert N table row(s).
25998 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25999 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26000 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26001 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26005 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26006 Insert N table column(s).
26007 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26008 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26009 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26010 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26014 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26015 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26016 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26018 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26020 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26021 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26022 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26023 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26024 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26025 all the table specific features.
26027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26029 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26034 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26035 Recognize all tables within region.
26036 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26037 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26038 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26041 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26043 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26046 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26048 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26049 Recognize a table at point.
26050 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26051 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26052 the table specific features.
26054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26056 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26061 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26062 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26063 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26064 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26065 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26066 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26067 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26069 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26071 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26076 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26077 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26078 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26079 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26080 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26081 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26084 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26086 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26087 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26088 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26089 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26090 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26091 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26092 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26097 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26098 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26099 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26100 table's rectangle structure.
26102 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26104 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26105 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26106 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26107 table's rectangle structure.
26111 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26112 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26113 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26114 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26115 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26117 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26119 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26120 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26121 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26123 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26124 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26125 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26126 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26127 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26128 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26129 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26131 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26132 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26133 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26134 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26135 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26136 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26137 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26139 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26140 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26141 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26142 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26143 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26144 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26145 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26146 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26148 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26150 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26151 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26152 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26153 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26157 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26158 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26159 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26161 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26163 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26164 Split current cell vertically.
26165 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26169 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26170 Split current cell horizontally.
26171 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26175 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26176 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26177 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26179 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26181 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26182 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26183 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26184 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26186 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26188 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26189 Justify cell contents.
26190 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26191 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26192 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26193 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26195 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26197 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26198 Justify cells of a row.
26199 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26200 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26202 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26204 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26205 Justify cells of a column.
26206 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26207 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26209 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26211 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26212 Toggle fixing width mode.
26213 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26214 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26215 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26219 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26220 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26221 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26222 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26223 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26224 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26225 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26226 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26227 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26228 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26229 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26231 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26233 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26234 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26235 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26236 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26237 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26238 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26239 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26240 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26241 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26242 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26243 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26244 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26247 References used for this implementation:
26250 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26253 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26255 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26256 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26257 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26259 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26261 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26262 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26263 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26264 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26265 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26266 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26267 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26268 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26269 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26270 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26271 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26272 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26273 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26274 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26275 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26276 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26277 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26282 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26283 (table-forward-cell 15)
26284 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26285 (table-forward-cell 16)
26286 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26287 (table-forward-cell 1)
26288 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26291 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26292 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26293 (table-forward-cell 1)
26294 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26296 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26298 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26299 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26300 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26301 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26302 consists from cells of same height.
26306 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26307 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26308 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26309 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26310 column must consists from cells of same width.
26314 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26315 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26316 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26317 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26318 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26319 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26320 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26321 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26322 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26323 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26324 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26325 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26326 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26327 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26328 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26337 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26338 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26339 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26342 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26344 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26346 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26348 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26352 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26353 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26354 of each row is optional.
26359 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26360 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26361 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26362 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26363 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26365 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26366 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26368 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26369 expression and raw delimiter regular
26370 expression, it parses the specified text
26371 area and extracts cell items from
26372 non-table text and then forms a table out
26375 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26376 creates a single cell table. The text in
26377 the specified region is placed in that
26380 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26383 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26384 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26385 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26387 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26388 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26389 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26390 | area and extracts cell items from |
26391 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26394 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26395 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26396 | the specified region is placed in that |
26398 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26400 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26401 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26404 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26405 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26406 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26407 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26408 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26409 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26410 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26411 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26412 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26414 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26415 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26416 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26417 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26419 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26421 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26422 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26423 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26425 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26427 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26428 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26429 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26430 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26431 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26437 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19278 4518))
26438 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26440 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26441 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26443 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26445 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26446 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26452 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19278 4518))
26453 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26455 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26456 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26457 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26458 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26459 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26460 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26461 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26463 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26464 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26465 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26466 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26468 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26475 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26476 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19278 4528))
26477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26479 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26480 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26481 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26482 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26483 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26484 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26486 Variables controlling indentation style:
26488 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26489 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26490 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26492 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26493 documentation for details):
26494 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26495 Controls action of TAB key.
26497 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26498 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26499 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26500 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26501 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26503 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26504 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26512 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26513 Run inferior Tcl process.
26514 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26515 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26519 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26520 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26521 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26523 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26527 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19278 4526))
26528 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26529 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26531 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26532 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26533 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26534 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26536 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26537 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26538 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26539 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26540 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26542 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26543 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26545 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26546 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26547 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26548 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26554 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26555 ;;;;;; (19287 14689))
26556 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26558 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26559 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26560 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26561 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26562 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26563 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26565 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26567 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26568 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26569 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26570 commands to use in that buffer.
26572 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26574 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26576 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26577 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26579 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26581 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26582 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26583 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26584 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26585 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26586 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26587 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26588 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26589 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26590 use in that buffer.
26591 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26593 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26597 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19278
26599 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26601 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26602 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26603 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26604 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26605 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26606 program as keyboard input.
26608 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26609 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26610 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26611 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26613 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26614 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26615 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26616 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26617 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26619 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26621 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26622 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26623 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26624 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26626 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26627 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26628 subprocess started.
26630 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26634 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26635 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
26636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26638 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26639 Start coverage on function under point.
26645 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19278 4527))
26646 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26648 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26649 Play the Tetris game.
26650 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26651 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26652 as to form complete rows.
26654 tetris-mode keybindings:
26655 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26656 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26657 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26658 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26659 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26660 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26661 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26662 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26663 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26669 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26670 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26671 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26672 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26673 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26674 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26675 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26676 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
26677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26679 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26680 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26682 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26684 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26685 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26686 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26687 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26688 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26690 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26692 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26693 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26694 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26695 if it matches the first line of the file,
26696 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26698 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26700 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26701 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26702 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26703 if the variable is non-nil.")
26705 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26707 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26708 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26710 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26712 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26713 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26714 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26715 See the documentation of that variable.")
26717 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26719 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26720 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26721 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26722 See the documentation of that variable.")
26724 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26726 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26727 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26728 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26729 See the documentation of that variable.")
26731 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26733 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26734 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26735 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26736 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26737 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26739 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26741 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26742 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26743 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26744 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26746 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26748 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26749 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26750 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26752 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26754 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26755 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26756 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26757 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26759 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26761 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26762 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26763 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26764 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26766 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26768 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26769 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26770 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26771 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26773 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26774 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26777 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26778 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26780 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26783 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26785 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26786 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26787 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26788 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26789 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26791 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26793 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26795 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26796 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26797 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26799 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26801 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26802 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26803 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26804 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26805 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26807 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26809 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26810 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26812 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26814 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26815 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26817 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26819 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26820 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26821 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26822 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26823 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26824 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26825 says which mode to use.
26829 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26831 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26833 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26835 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26836 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26837 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26838 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26839 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26841 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26842 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26843 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26844 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26845 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26846 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26847 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26849 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26850 mismatched $'s or braces.
26853 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26857 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26859 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26860 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26861 tex-dvi-print-command
26862 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26863 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26864 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26865 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26866 tex-dvi-view-command
26867 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26868 tex-show-queue-command
26869 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26870 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26872 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26873 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26874 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26878 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26879 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26880 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26881 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26882 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26884 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26885 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26886 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26887 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26888 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26889 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26890 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26892 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26893 mismatched $'s or braces.
26900 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26902 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26903 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26904 tex-dvi-print-command
26905 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26906 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26907 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26908 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26909 tex-dvi-view-command
26910 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26911 tex-show-queue-command
26912 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26913 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26915 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26916 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26917 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26921 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26922 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26923 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26924 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26925 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26927 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26928 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26929 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26930 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26931 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26932 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26933 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26935 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26936 mismatched $'s or braces.
26939 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26943 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26945 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26946 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26947 tex-dvi-print-command
26948 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26949 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26950 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26951 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26952 tex-dvi-view-command
26953 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26954 tex-show-queue-command
26955 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26956 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26958 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26959 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26960 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26961 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26965 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
26970 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26971 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26977 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26978 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19278 4529))
26979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26981 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
26982 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26983 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26984 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26986 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26987 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
26988 `Info-split' to do these manually.
26990 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26992 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
26993 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26994 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26995 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26996 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26998 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27000 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27001 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27002 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27003 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27005 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27006 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27007 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27008 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27010 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27011 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27013 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27017 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27018 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19278 4529))
27019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27021 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27022 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27024 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27026 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27027 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27029 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27031 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27032 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27034 It has these extra commands:
27035 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27037 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27038 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27039 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27040 modified version of TeX input format.
27042 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27043 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27044 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27045 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27047 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27048 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27049 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27050 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27051 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27052 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27053 in the Texinfo file.
27055 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27056 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27057 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27058 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27059 move forward past the closing brace.
27061 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27062 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27064 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27065 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27066 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27068 Here are the functions:
27070 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27071 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27072 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27074 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27075 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27076 texinfo-master-menu
27078 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27080 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27081 which menu descriptions are indented.
27083 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27084 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27087 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27088 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27089 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27090 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27092 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27093 be the first node in the file.
27095 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27096 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27102 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27103 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27104 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
27105 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27107 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27108 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27109 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27110 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27112 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27114 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27115 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27117 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27119 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27120 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27124 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27127 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27131 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27132 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27133 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19278 4518))
27134 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27136 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27137 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27139 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27141 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27142 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27143 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27144 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27145 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27147 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27148 a symbol as a valid THING.
27150 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27151 of the textual entity that was found.
27153 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27155 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27156 Return the THING at point.
27157 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27158 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27159 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27161 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27162 a symbol as a valid THING.
27164 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27166 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27167 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27171 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27172 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27176 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27177 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27181 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27182 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27188 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27189 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27190 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
27191 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27193 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27194 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27198 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27199 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27200 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27201 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27203 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27205 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27206 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27210 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27211 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27215 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27217 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27218 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27225 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27226 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27227 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27228 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19278
27230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27232 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27233 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27234 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27238 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27239 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27241 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27243 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27244 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27245 The returned string has no composition information.
27247 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27249 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27250 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27252 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27254 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27255 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27257 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27259 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27260 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27261 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27262 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27264 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27266 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27267 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27268 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27269 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27271 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27273 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27274 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27275 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27279 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27280 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27281 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27285 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27288 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27290 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27293 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27295 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27298 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27302 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27303 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
27304 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27306 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27307 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27308 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27309 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27311 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27313 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27315 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27316 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27317 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27318 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27320 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27326 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27327 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27328 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19278 4518))
27329 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27331 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27332 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27334 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27335 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27337 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27338 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27339 This display updates automatically every minute.
27340 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27341 are displayed as well.
27342 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27346 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27347 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27348 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27351 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27353 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27355 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27356 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27357 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27359 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27360 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27361 are displayed as well.
27362 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27366 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27367 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27368 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27369 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27373 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27374 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27375 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27376 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27378 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27380 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27381 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27387 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27388 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27389 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27390 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27391 ;;;;;; (19284 35750))
27392 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27394 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27395 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27396 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27398 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27399 (if (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27400 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time)))
27402 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27403 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27404 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27406 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27407 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27409 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27411 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27412 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27414 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27416 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27417 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27419 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27421 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27422 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27423 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27425 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27427 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27429 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27430 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27431 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27433 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27435 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27436 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27438 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27440 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27441 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27442 DATE should be a date-time string.
27444 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27446 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27447 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27448 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27450 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27452 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27453 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27455 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27457 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27458 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27460 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27462 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27463 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27464 TIME should be a time value.
27465 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27467 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27469 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27470 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27471 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27473 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27476 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27477 The valid format specifiers are:
27478 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27479 %d is the number of days.
27480 %h is the number of hours.
27481 %m is the number of minutes.
27482 %s is the number of seconds.
27483 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27484 %% is a literal \"%\".
27486 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27487 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27489 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27490 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27491 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27493 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27494 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27495 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27497 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27499 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27503 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27504 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19278 4518))
27505 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27506 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27507 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27508 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27509 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27510 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27511 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27512 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27513 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27515 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27516 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27517 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27518 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27519 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27520 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27521 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27522 look like one of the following:
27525 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27526 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27527 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27528 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27529 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27530 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27531 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27536 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27537 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27538 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27544 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27545 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27546 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27547 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27548 ;;;;;; (19278 4519))
27549 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27551 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27552 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27553 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27554 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27555 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27556 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27557 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27558 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27559 display (non-nil means on).
27561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27563 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27564 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27565 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27566 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27567 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27568 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27569 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27570 this function is called within a day.
27572 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27573 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27574 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27575 discover the name of the project.
27577 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27579 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27580 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27581 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27582 begun during the last time segment.
27584 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27585 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27586 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27587 discover the reason.
27589 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27591 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27592 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27593 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27594 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27595 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27597 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27599 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27600 Change to working on a different project.
27601 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27602 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27603 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27606 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27608 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27609 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27610 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27614 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27615 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27616 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27620 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27621 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27622 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27623 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27624 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27625 \"relative to today\".
27627 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27629 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27630 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27631 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27632 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27634 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27636 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27637 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27638 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27639 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27640 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27641 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27643 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27647 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27648 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19278 4524))
27649 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27651 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27652 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27653 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27654 the generated Quail package is saved.
27656 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27659 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27660 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27661 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27662 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27663 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27664 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27666 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27670 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27671 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19278 4518))
27672 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27673 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27674 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27676 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27677 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27678 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27679 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27680 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27682 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27684 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27685 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27686 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27687 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27688 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27690 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27692 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27693 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27694 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27695 in the menu in two ways:
27696 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27697 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27698 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27700 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27701 keymap or an alist of alists.
27702 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27703 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27705 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27709 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27710 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27711 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19278 4519))
27712 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27714 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27715 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27717 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27719 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27720 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27722 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27724 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27725 Insert new TODO list entry.
27726 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27731 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
27732 List top priorities for each category.
27734 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27735 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
27737 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27738 between each category.
27739 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
27741 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27743 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
27744 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27745 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27746 between each category.
27748 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27750 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27752 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27753 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27759 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
27760 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27764 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27771 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27772 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27773 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19278 4518))
27774 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27776 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27777 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27778 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27782 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
27784 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27785 Add an item to the tool bar.
27786 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27787 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27788 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27789 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27791 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27792 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27793 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27794 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27796 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27797 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27799 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27801 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27802 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27803 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27804 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27805 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27806 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27808 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27809 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27810 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27811 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27813 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27815 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27816 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27817 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27818 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27819 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27820 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27821 properties to add to the binding.
27823 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27825 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27826 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27828 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27830 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27831 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27832 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27833 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27834 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27835 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27836 properties to add to the binding.
27838 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27841 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27845 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27846 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
27847 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27849 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27850 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27851 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27853 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27854 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27856 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
27858 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
27861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27863 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
27865 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
27866 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27872 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
27873 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
27874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
27876 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
27877 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
27879 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
27880 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
27881 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
27882 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
27883 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
27885 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
27886 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
27887 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
27888 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
27889 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
27891 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
27896 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
27897 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
27898 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
27899 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
27900 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
27901 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
27907 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19278 4521))
27908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27910 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27911 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27912 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27913 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27914 to a tcp server on another machine.
27916 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27920 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27921 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19278 4521))
27922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27924 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
27925 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27927 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27929 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
27930 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27931 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27932 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27933 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27934 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27935 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27936 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27938 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27940 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27941 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27942 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27943 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27944 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27945 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27946 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27947 the window or buffer configuration.
27949 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27951 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27955 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27956 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27957 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
27958 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19299 11838))
27959 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27961 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27962 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
27963 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27965 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27967 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27968 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27970 It can have the following values:
27972 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
27973 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
27974 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
27976 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
27978 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
27979 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27980 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27981 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27983 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27984 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27985 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27986 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27988 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
27989 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
27990 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
27992 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
27993 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
27994 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
27995 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27996 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27997 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27998 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
27999 files which are not really Tramp files.
28001 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28002 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28003 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28004 updated after changing this variable.
28006 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28008 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28009 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28010 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28011 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28013 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'") "\
28014 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28015 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28016 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28018 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28019 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28020 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28021 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28023 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28024 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28025 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28027 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28028 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28029 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28031 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28032 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28033 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28034 updated after changing this variable.
28036 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28038 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28039 Alist of completion handler functions.
28040 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28041 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28042 normal Emacs functions.")
28044 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28045 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28046 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28047 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28049 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28050 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28051 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28052 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28054 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28055 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28056 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28058 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28060 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28061 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28062 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) partial-completion-mode) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28064 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28065 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28066 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28068 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28073 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28074 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28076 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28078 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28079 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28081 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28083 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28084 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28090 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28091 ;;;;;; (19278 4526))
28092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28094 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28101 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19278
28103 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28105 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28106 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28107 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28108 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28109 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28110 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28111 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28112 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28114 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28115 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28116 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28118 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28119 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28122 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28126 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28127 ;;;;;; (19278 4524))
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28130 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28133 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28137 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28138 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19278 4529))
28139 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28140 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28141 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28142 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28144 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28145 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28146 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28147 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28148 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28149 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28150 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28152 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28154 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28155 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28156 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28157 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28159 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28163 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28164 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28165 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28166 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28167 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28168 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28169 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28171 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28172 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28174 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28177 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28179 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28185 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28186 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28187 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28188 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28189 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
28190 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28192 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28193 Toggle typing break mode.
28194 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28196 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28198 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28200 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28201 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28203 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28205 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28206 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28208 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28209 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28210 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28212 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28213 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28215 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28217 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28218 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28220 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28221 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28222 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28223 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28225 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28227 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28228 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28229 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28231 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28232 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28233 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28234 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28235 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28236 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28238 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28239 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28240 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28241 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28243 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28244 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28246 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28247 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28249 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28251 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28252 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28253 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28255 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28256 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28257 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28258 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28259 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28260 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28261 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28263 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28264 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28266 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28267 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28268 reset the keystroke counter.
28270 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28271 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28272 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28273 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28275 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28276 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28277 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28278 `type-break-schedule' command.
28280 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28281 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28282 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28283 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28284 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28285 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28286 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28287 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28288 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28290 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28291 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28292 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28293 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28294 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28296 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28297 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28298 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28299 approximate good values for this.
28301 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28302 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28304 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28305 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28306 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28307 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28308 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28309 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28311 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28312 a typing break occur. They include:
28314 `type-break-query-mode'
28315 `type-break-query-function'
28316 `type-break-query-interval'
28318 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28320 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28321 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28322 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28325 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28327 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28328 Take a typing break.
28330 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28331 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28333 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28334 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28338 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28339 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28340 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28341 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28345 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28346 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28348 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28349 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28350 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28351 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28352 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28353 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28354 average typing speed.)
28356 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28357 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28358 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28359 the computed maximum threshold.
28361 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28362 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28363 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28364 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28365 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28367 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28371 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19278 4525))
28372 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28374 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28375 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28376 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28377 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28378 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28380 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28384 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28385 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28386 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28387 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28388 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28389 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19278 4524))
28390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28392 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28393 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28395 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28397 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28398 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28400 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28402 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28403 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28405 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28407 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28408 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28410 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28412 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28413 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28415 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28417 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28418 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28420 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28422 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28423 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28425 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28427 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28428 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28430 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28432 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28433 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28437 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28438 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28440 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28442 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28443 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28445 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28447 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28448 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28450 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28454 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28455 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19278 4529))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28458 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28459 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28460 Works by overstriking underscores.
28461 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28462 which specify the range to operate on.
28464 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28466 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28467 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28468 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28469 which specify the range to operate on.
28471 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28475 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28476 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28479 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28480 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28481 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28482 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28483 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28484 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28488 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28489 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28491 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28495 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19278
28497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28499 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28500 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28501 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28502 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28504 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28508 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28509 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19278 4529))
28510 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28512 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28513 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28514 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28516 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28517 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28518 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28519 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28520 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28521 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28523 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28524 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28525 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28527 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28528 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28529 the callback is not called).
28531 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28532 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28533 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28536 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28538 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28539 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28540 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28541 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28542 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28544 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28548 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28549 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19278 4529))
28550 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28552 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28553 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28554 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28556 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28557 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28558 `url-generic-parse-url'
28559 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28560 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28561 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28563 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28564 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28565 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28566 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28567 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28568 what type of auth to use
28569 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28570 if one cannot be found in the cache
28572 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28574 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28575 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28577 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28578 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28579 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28580 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28581 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28582 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28583 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28584 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28586 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28590 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28591 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19278
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28595 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28596 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28598 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28600 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28601 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28603 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28605 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28606 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28608 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28610 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
28611 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28613 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28617 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19278 4529))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28620 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28623 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28627 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28628 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19278 4529))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28631 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28634 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28636 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28639 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28643 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19278
28645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28647 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28648 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28650 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28654 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28655 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19278 4529))
28656 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28658 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28659 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28663 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28664 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28665 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28666 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28667 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28669 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28673 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28674 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28675 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
28676 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28678 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28679 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28680 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28682 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28683 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28685 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28687 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28688 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28692 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28693 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28694 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28695 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28697 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28699 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28700 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28701 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28702 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28703 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28704 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28705 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28706 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28707 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28708 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28710 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28712 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28713 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28714 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28717 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28719 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28722 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28726 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28727 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19278 4529))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28730 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
28731 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28732 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28733 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28734 CBARGS as the arguments.
28736 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28738 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
28741 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28743 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
28745 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
28748 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28750 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
28751 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28752 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28754 Property list members:
28757 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28761 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28765 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28768 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28771 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28772 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28773 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28776 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28778 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28779 Default HTTPS port.")
28781 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28782 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28783 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28785 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28786 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28787 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28788 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28789 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28793 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19278 4529))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28796 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28799 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28803 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19278
28805 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28807 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28808 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28809 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28810 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28811 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28813 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28817 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28818 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
28819 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28821 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28824 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28826 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28827 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28829 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28833 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28834 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19278 4529))
28835 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28837 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28838 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28840 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28842 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28843 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28845 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28847 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28850 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28852 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28854 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28856 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28858 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28859 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28861 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28865 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28866 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28869 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28872 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28874 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28877 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28882 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28883 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
28884 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28886 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28889 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28891 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28894 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28896 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28899 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28901 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28904 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28906 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28909 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28911 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28914 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28916 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28919 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28923 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28924 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19278 4529))
28925 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28927 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28928 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28930 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28932 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28933 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28934 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28935 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
28937 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28941 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28942 ;;;;;; (19278 4529))
28943 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28945 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28946 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28952 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28953 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28954 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28955 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28956 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28957 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28958 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19291 31989))
28959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28961 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28962 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28963 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28965 If t, all messages will be logged.
28966 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28967 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28969 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28971 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28974 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28976 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28979 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28981 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28982 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28983 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28984 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28985 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28991 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28993 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28994 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28995 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28997 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28999 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29000 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29001 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29003 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29005 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29006 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29008 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29010 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29011 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29015 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29016 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29020 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29025 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29028 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29030 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29033 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29035 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29037 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29038 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29040 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29043 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29045 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29047 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29050 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29052 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29053 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29054 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29055 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29056 forbidden in URL encoding.
29058 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29060 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29061 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29062 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29063 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29064 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29065 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29067 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29069 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29070 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29071 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29072 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29074 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29076 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29077 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29078 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29080 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29083 View the current document's URL.
29084 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29087 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29089 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29093 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29094 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19278 4518))
29095 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29097 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29098 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29099 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29100 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29101 to refrain from editing the file
29102 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29103 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29104 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29105 in any way you like.
29107 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29109 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29110 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29111 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29112 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29113 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29115 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29116 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29122 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29123 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29124 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19278 4524))
29125 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29127 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29130 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29132 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29135 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29137 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29140 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29142 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29145 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29149 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29150 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29151 ;;;;;; (19278 4525))
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29154 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29155 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29156 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29157 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29159 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29161 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29162 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29163 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29165 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29167 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29168 Uudecode region between START and END.
29169 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29171 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29175 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29176 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29177 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-root-log vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag
29178 ;;;;;; vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29179 ;;;;;; vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action
29180 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
29181 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (19283 36396))
29182 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29184 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29185 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29188 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29190 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29191 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29192 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29194 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29196 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29197 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29200 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29202 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29203 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29204 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29206 For locking systems:
29207 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29209 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29210 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29211 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29212 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29213 it performs a revert on that file.
29214 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29215 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29216 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29217 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29218 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29219 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29220 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29222 For merging systems:
29223 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29224 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29225 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29226 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29227 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29228 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29229 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29230 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29231 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29233 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29235 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29236 Register into a version control system.
29237 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29238 Otherwise register the current file.
29239 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29240 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29242 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29243 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29244 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29245 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29246 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29247 first backend that could register the file is used.
29249 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29251 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29252 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29254 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29256 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29257 Display diffs between file revisions.
29258 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29259 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29260 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29262 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29265 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29267 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29268 Display diffs between file revisions.
29269 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29270 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29271 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29273 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29276 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29278 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29279 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29280 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29281 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29285 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29286 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29287 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29288 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29292 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29293 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29294 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29295 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29296 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29297 from the current branch.
29299 See Info node `Merging'.
29303 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29305 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29306 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29307 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29308 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29309 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29310 checked out in that new branch.
29312 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29314 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29315 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29316 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29317 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29318 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29319 allowed and simply skipped).
29321 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29323 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29324 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29325 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29327 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29329 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29330 List the change log of for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29332 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29334 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29335 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29336 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29337 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29341 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29342 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29343 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29344 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29348 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29350 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29351 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29352 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29353 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29354 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29355 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29359 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29360 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29361 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29362 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29363 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29364 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29365 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29367 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29369 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29370 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29371 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29372 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29373 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29374 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29375 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29376 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29377 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29379 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29381 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29382 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29386 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29387 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29389 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29391 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29392 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29393 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29396 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29398 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29399 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29400 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29402 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29403 log entries should be gathered.
29405 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29407 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29408 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29410 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29414 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (19293
29416 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
29418 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29419 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29421 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29422 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29423 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29424 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29425 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29426 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29428 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29429 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
29430 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29431 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29432 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29433 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29434 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29435 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29437 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29439 Customization variables:
29441 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29442 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29443 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29444 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29446 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
29450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (19279 36173))
29451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29452 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29453 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29456 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (19299 35601))
29461 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29463 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29464 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29466 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29467 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29468 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29471 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (19278 4518))
29476 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29477 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29478 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29479 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29481 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29485 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (19283 36396))
29486 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
29488 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29489 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29490 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29491 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29492 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29494 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29495 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29496 The file lines appear later.
29498 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29499 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29501 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29503 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29505 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29509 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
29510 ;;;;;; (19282 12605))
29511 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
29513 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29514 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29515 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29516 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29517 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29518 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29519 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29520 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29521 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29522 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29523 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29524 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29525 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29526 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29527 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29529 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (19293 49653))
29534 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29535 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29536 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29537 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29540 (vc-git-registered file))))
29544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (19278 4518))
29545 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29546 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29547 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29548 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29551 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (19278 4518))
29556 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29558 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29560 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29561 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29562 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29565 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29569 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29570 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29573 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29574 Where to look for RCS master files.
29575 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29577 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29579 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29583 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29584 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
29585 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29587 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29588 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29589 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29591 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29592 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29594 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29595 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29596 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29597 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (19297 48769))
29602 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29603 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29604 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29605 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29608 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29609 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29610 (file-name-directory f)))
29612 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29616 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29617 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
29618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29619 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29621 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29622 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29627 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29628 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29629 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29630 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29632 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29633 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29634 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29637 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29638 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29640 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29641 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29643 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29644 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29645 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29647 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29653 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29654 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29656 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29658 Official distribution is at
29659 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29662 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29663 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29674 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29675 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
29676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29678 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29679 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29680 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29681 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29682 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29684 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29686 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29687 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29689 Supports highlighting.
29691 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29692 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29694 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29696 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29697 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29698 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29699 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29700 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29701 on the left side of your screen.
29702 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29703 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29704 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29705 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29706 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29707 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29709 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29710 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29711 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29712 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29715 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29716 Indentation for case statements.
29717 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29718 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29720 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29721 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29722 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29723 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29724 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29725 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29726 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29727 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29728 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29730 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29734 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29735 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29736 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29737 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29738 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29739 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29740 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29741 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29742 comments in tight quarters.
29743 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29744 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29746 Variables controlling other actions:
29748 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29749 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29750 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29752 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29754 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29756 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29757 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29758 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29760 Some other functions are:
29762 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29763 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29764 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29765 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29766 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29768 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29769 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29770 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29771 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29773 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29774 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29775 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29776 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29777 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29778 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29779 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29780 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29781 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29782 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29783 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29784 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29785 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29786 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29787 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29788 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29789 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29790 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29791 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29792 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29793 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29794 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29795 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29796 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29797 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29798 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29799 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29800 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29802 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29803 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29805 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29811 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29812 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29815 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29816 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29821 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29822 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29823 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29824 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29825 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29826 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29827 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29828 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29829 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29831 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29832 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29833 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29834 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29836 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29837 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29838 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29839 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29840 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29842 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29843 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29847 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29848 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29849 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29853 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29854 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29855 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29856 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29858 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29859 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29860 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29861 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29862 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29866 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29867 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29868 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29869 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29871 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29872 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29873 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29874 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29875 beginning with \"std\").
29877 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29878 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29879 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29884 `--' puts a single comment.
29885 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29886 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29887 with a comment in between.
29888 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29889 out following lines.
29890 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29891 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29893 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29894 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29895 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29896 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29897 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29900 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29901 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29902 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29903 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29904 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29905 multi-line comments.
29909 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29910 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29911 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29912 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29914 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29915 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29916 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29917 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29919 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29920 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29923 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29924 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29928 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29929 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29930 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29931 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29932 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29933 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29934 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29935 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29937 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29938 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29939 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29940 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29941 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29944 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29945 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29946 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29948 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29949 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29953 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29954 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29955 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29956 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29957 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29958 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29961 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29962 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29963 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29964 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29967 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29971 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29972 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29973 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29974 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29975 internal signal initializations (menu).
29977 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29978 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29979 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29981 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29982 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29983 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29984 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29985 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29986 in subsequent paste operations.)
29988 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29989 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29990 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29993 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29994 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29995 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29996 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29997 association list with formals).
30000 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30001 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30002 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30003 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30004 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30005 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30006 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30007 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30012 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30016 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30020 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30021 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30022 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30024 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30025 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30028 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30029 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30030 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30031 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30033 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30034 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30035 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30037 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30038 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30039 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30040 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30042 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30043 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30044 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30045 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30046 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30048 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30049 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30050 required by secondary units.
30053 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30054 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30055 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30056 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30057 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30058 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30059 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30060 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30061 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30062 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30063 inputs to this component -> input port created
30064 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30065 outputs from this component -> output port created
30066 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30067 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30069 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30070 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30071 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30072 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30073 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30075 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30076 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30078 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30079 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30080 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30081 component instantiation is also supported (option
30082 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30084 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30085 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30086 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30087 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30088 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30089 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30090 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30091 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30092 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30093 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30094 | generating the configuration.
30096 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30097 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30098 | configurations in speedbar.
30100 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30103 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30104 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30105 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30106 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30107 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30108 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30109 information. New compilers can be added.
30111 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30112 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30115 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30116 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30117 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30118 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30119 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30121 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30124 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30125 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30126 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30128 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30129 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30130 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30131 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30132 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30133 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30134 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30137 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30138 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30139 not (yet) supported.
30140 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30141 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30142 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30146 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30147 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30148 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30149 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30150 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30151 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30152 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30153 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30155 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30156 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30157 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30158 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30159 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30160 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30161 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30162 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30163 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30164 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30165 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30169 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30170 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30171 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30172 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30173 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30174 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30175 current directory for VHDL source files.
30179 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30180 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30184 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30185 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30186 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30187 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30188 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30189 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30190 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30191 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30194 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30195 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30196 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30197 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30198 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30199 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30200 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30202 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30203 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30204 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30205 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30206 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30207 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30209 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30210 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30211 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30212 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30213 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30216 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30217 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30218 highlighted if written in lower case.
30220 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30221 highlighted using a different background color if option
30222 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30224 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30225 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30226 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30227 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30228 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30232 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30233 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30234 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30238 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30239 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30240 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30241 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30242 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30246 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30247 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30249 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30250 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30251 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30252 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30253 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30254 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30255 (used to obtain the port names).
30259 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30260 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30264 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30265 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30266 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30267 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30268 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30269 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30270 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30275 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30276 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30277 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30278 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30279 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30281 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30282 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30283 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30284 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30285 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30288 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30289 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30293 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30294 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30295 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30297 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30301 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30302 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30304 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30306 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30308 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30312 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30318 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30319 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30321 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30323 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30324 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30325 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30326 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30328 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30329 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30330 where the latest version can be found.
30336 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30337 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30338 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30341 The VHDL Mode Authors
30342 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30353 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19259 35432))
30354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30356 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30357 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30358 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30359 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30361 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30362 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30363 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30364 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30365 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30367 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30368 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30370 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30372 * Limitations and unsupported features
30373 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30375 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30376 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30379 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30380 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30381 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30382 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30383 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30384 for undoing a repeated change command.
30385 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30386 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30387 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30390 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30391 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30392 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30393 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30394 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30395 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30396 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30397 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30399 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30405 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30406 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30407 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30408 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19278 4524))
30409 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30411 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30412 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30414 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30416 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30417 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30418 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30419 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30421 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30423 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30424 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30428 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30429 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30430 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30431 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30433 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30435 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30436 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30440 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30443 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30445 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30448 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30452 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30453 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30454 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30455 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30456 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19278 4518))
30457 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30459 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30460 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30461 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30463 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30465 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30466 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30467 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30468 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30470 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30472 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30473 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30475 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30477 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30478 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30479 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30480 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30481 moving around in the buffer.
30482 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30483 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30485 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30489 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30490 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30491 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30492 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30494 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30495 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30496 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30497 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30498 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30500 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30504 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30505 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30506 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30507 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30510 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30511 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30512 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30513 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30514 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30516 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30520 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30521 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30522 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30523 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30524 moving around in the buffer.
30525 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30526 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30528 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30530 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30531 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30532 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30534 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30535 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30536 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30537 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30539 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30541 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30542 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30543 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30544 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30545 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30546 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30547 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30548 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30550 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30552 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30553 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30554 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30556 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30558 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30559 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30560 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30561 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30562 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30563 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30564 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30565 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30567 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30569 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30570 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30571 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30573 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30575 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30576 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30577 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30580 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30581 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30582 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30585 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30586 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30587 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30588 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30589 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30591 H, h, ? This message.
30592 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30593 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30594 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30595 > move to the end of buffer.
30596 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30597 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30598 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30599 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30600 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30601 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30602 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30603 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30604 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30605 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30606 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30607 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30608 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30609 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30610 Use this to view a changing file.
30611 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30612 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30613 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30615 x exchanges point and mark.
30616 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30617 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30618 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30619 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30620 ' go to position saved in character register.
30621 s do forward incremental search.
30622 r do reverse incremental search.
30623 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30624 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30625 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30626 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30627 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30628 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30629 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30630 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30631 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30632 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30633 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30634 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30635 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30636 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30637 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30638 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30639 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30641 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30642 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30643 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30644 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30645 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30646 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30647 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30648 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30649 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30651 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30655 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30656 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30657 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30658 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30659 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
30660 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30661 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30662 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30663 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30665 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30667 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30668 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30669 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
30670 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
30671 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
30672 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30673 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30675 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
30676 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30677 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
30678 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
30679 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30681 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
30682 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
30684 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30685 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30686 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30687 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
30689 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30691 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30693 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30695 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30696 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30702 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19278
30704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30706 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30707 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30711 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30712 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30718 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30719 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
30720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30722 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30723 Toggle Viper on/off.
30724 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30728 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30729 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30735 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30736 ;;;;;; (19278 4521))
30737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30739 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30740 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30741 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30742 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30743 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30744 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30745 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30746 the beginning of the warning.")
30748 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30749 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30750 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30751 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30752 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30753 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30754 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30755 also call that function before the next warning.")
30757 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30758 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30760 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30761 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30762 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30763 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30765 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30766 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30767 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30768 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30769 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30770 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30772 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30773 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30774 Default is :warning.
30776 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30777 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30778 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30779 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30780 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30781 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30783 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30784 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30785 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30787 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30789 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30790 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30792 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30794 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30795 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30796 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30797 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30799 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30800 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30801 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30802 can be whatever you like.)
30804 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30805 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30807 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30808 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30809 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30810 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30811 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30813 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30815 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30816 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30817 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30818 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30819 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30821 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30825 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30826 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
30827 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30829 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30830 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30831 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30832 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30833 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30842 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19278 4526))
30843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30845 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30846 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30848 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30851 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30858 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30859 ;;;;;; (19278 4528))
30860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30861 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30862 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30864 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
30866 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30867 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30868 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30870 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30871 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30873 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30875 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30876 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30877 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30878 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30880 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30887 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
30888 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
30889 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
30890 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19284 35872))
30891 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30893 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30894 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
30896 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30897 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30898 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30900 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30901 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30905 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30906 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
30908 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30909 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30910 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30912 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30913 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30914 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30915 use `whitespace-mode'.
30917 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30921 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30922 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30923 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30926 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30928 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30930 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30931 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
30933 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
30934 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30935 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30937 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30938 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30942 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30943 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30944 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30947 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30949 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30951 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30952 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
30954 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
30955 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
30956 otherwise, turn off visualization.
30958 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
30959 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
30960 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
30961 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
30963 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30967 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
30968 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
30970 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
30971 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
30973 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
30974 and restart local whitespace-mode.
30976 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
30980 t toggle TAB visualization
30981 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
30982 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
30983 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
30984 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
30985 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
30986 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
30987 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30988 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
30989 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
30990 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30991 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
30992 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
30993 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
30994 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
30995 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
30997 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
30998 T toggle TAB visualization
30999 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31000 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31002 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31003 ? display brief help
31005 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31006 The valid symbols are:
31008 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31009 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31010 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31011 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31012 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31013 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31014 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31015 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31016 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31017 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31018 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31019 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31020 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31021 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31022 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31023 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31025 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31026 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31027 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31029 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31031 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31035 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31036 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31038 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31039 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31041 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31042 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31044 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31048 t toggle TAB visualization
31049 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31050 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31051 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31052 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31053 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31054 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31055 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31056 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31057 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31058 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31059 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31060 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31061 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31062 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31063 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31065 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31066 T toggle TAB visualization
31067 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31068 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31070 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31071 ? display brief help
31073 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31074 The valid symbols are:
31076 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31077 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31078 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31079 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31080 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31081 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31082 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31083 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31084 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31085 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31086 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31087 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31088 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31089 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31090 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31091 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31093 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31094 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31095 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31097 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31099 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31103 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31104 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31106 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31107 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31108 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31109 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31110 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31112 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31114 The problems cleaned up are:
31116 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31117 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31118 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31119 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31121 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31122 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31123 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31124 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31126 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31127 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31128 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31129 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31131 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31132 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31133 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31134 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31135 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31136 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31137 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31138 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31140 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31141 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31142 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31144 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31145 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31146 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31147 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31148 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31149 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31150 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31151 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31153 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31158 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31159 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31161 The problems cleaned up are:
31163 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31164 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31165 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31166 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31168 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31169 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31170 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31171 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31173 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31174 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31175 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31176 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31177 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31178 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31179 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31180 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31182 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31183 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31184 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31186 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31187 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31188 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31189 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31190 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31191 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31192 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31193 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31195 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31198 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31200 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31201 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31203 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31206 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31207 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31208 `whitespace-style' to have:
31216 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31217 whitespace problems in buffer.
31219 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31221 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31222 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31223 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31224 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31225 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31226 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31227 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31229 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31230 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31231 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31232 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31233 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31234 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31235 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31237 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31238 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31239 cleaning up these problems.
31241 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31243 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31244 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31246 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31249 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31250 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31251 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31259 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31260 whitespace problems in buffer.
31262 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31264 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31265 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31266 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31267 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31268 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31269 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31270 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31272 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31273 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31274 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31275 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31276 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31277 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31278 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31280 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31281 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31282 cleaning up these problems.
31284 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31288 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31289 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19278 4518))
31290 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31292 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31293 Browse the widget under point.
31297 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31298 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31300 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31302 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31303 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31305 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31307 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31308 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31309 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31315 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31316 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19280
31318 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31320 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31321 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31323 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31325 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31326 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31327 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31329 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31331 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31332 Create widget of TYPE.
31333 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31335 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31337 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31340 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31342 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31343 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31345 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31347 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31348 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31349 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31350 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31352 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31353 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31359 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31360 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19278
31362 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31364 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31365 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31366 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31367 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31368 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31369 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31370 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31374 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31375 Select the window above the current one.
31376 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31377 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31378 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31379 negative ARG) of the current window.
31380 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31384 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31385 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31386 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31387 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31388 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31389 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31390 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31394 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31395 Select the window below the current one.
31396 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31397 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31398 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31399 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31400 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31404 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31405 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31406 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31407 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31409 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31413 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31414 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
31415 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31417 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31418 Toggle Winner mode.
31419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31420 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31422 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31424 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31425 Toggle Winner mode.
31426 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31432 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
31433 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (19278 4518))
31434 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31436 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31437 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31438 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31439 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31440 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31442 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31444 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31445 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31446 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31447 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31448 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31449 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31450 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31451 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31453 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31454 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31456 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31458 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31459 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31463 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31464 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31465 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31466 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31467 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31468 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31469 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31470 `woman' command for further details.
31472 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31476 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31477 ;;;;;; (19278 4522))
31478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31480 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31481 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31484 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31485 are not implemented
31486 - Options for search and replace
31487 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31488 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31490 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31493 The key bindings are:
31503 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31505 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31506 C-l ws-repeat-search
31509 C-r scroll-down-line
31516 C-y kill-complete-line
31519 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31520 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31521 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31522 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31523 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31524 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31525 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31526 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31527 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31528 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31529 C-k b ws-begin-block
31530 C-k c ws-copy-block
31531 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31533 C-k h ws-show-markers
31534 C-k i ws-indent-block
31536 C-k p ws-print-block
31539 C-k s save-some-buffers
31541 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31542 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31543 C-k v ws-move-block
31544 C-k w ws-write-block
31546 C-k y ws-delete-block
31548 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31549 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31550 C-o j justify-current-line
31553 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31554 C-o r set-fill-column
31555 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31556 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31557 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31558 C-o wo other-window
31559 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31561 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31562 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31563 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31564 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31565 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31566 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31567 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31568 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31569 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31570 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31571 C-q a ws-query-replace
31572 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31573 C-q c end-of-buffer
31576 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31578 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31579 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31580 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31581 C-q w ws-last-error
31583 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31589 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19278 4526))
31590 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31592 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31593 Perform an interactive search.
31594 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31595 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31596 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31597 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31599 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31602 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31604 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31608 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31609 ;;;;;; (19278 4518))
31610 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31612 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31613 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31614 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31615 Returns the top node with all its children.
31616 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31617 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31619 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31621 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31622 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31623 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31624 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31625 is not well-formed XML.
31626 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31627 and returned as the first element of the list.
31628 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31630 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31634 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31635 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19278 4526))
31636 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31638 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31639 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31640 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31641 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31642 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31643 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31644 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31645 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31646 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31647 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31649 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31653 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19278
31655 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31657 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31658 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31659 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31660 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31661 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31662 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31664 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31666 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31667 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31668 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31671 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31672 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31673 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31674 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31675 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31676 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31682 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31683 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19278 4523))
31684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31686 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31687 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31689 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31691 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31692 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31698 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31699 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19278 4527))
31700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31702 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
31703 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31705 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31707 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
31708 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31710 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31712 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
31713 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31714 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31716 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31718 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
31719 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31725 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19278 4527))
31726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31728 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31729 Zone out, completely.
31735 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "font-setting.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "pcvs-info.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19299
31927 ;;;;;; 37261 473427))
31931 (provide 'loaddefs)
31932 ;; Local Variables:
31933 ;; version-control: never
31934 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31935 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31938 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here